HomeMy Public PortalAboutPlans and Specifications for the Construction of Fine Bubble Aeration SystemCITY OF SAN MATEO
SAN MATEO COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
FOR THE
CONSTRUCTION OF
FINE BUBBLE AERATION SYSTEM
VOLUME I OF,I
BROWN AND CALDWELL
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
^�s
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
330 WEST TWENTIETH AVENUE
SAN MATEO. CALIFORNIA. 04409
ADDENDUM NO. 1
FINE BUBBLE AERATION SYSTEM
TELEPHONE:
DIRECTOR (415) 574-6790
ENGINEERING & TRAFFIC DIV. (415) 5748790
MAINTENANCE DIVISION (415) 5748701
WATER QUALITY CONTROL PLANT (415) 344-5806
November 8, 1983
The following chainges have been made:
A) On Page 1, item 5 should read:
5. The time of completion for this contract shall be two hundred and five
(205) working days, beginning flan the date of the Notice to Proceed.
B) In Section 01010 - "Owner's Project and Special Considerations" beginning
on Page 01010-5, add Item 5.0 Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Pages 01010-5
through 01010-8, which are attached.
Each bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this addendum by signing one copy of
this sheet and returning it at once. The bidder shall submit a duplicate
signed copy with the bid documents.
Aclaiowledgement
I have received Addendum No: 1 to the Fine Bubble Aeration System Contract
Book. I have read and understood the information stated above.
Bidder's Signature Date
Name of Company
Enclosures:
RGB:BTH:dlb
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
330 WEST TWENTIETH AVENUE
SAN MATEO. CALIFORNIA. 94403
ADDENDUM NO. 1
FINE BUBBLE AERATION SYSTEM
TELEPHONE:
DIRECTOR (415) 574-6790
ENOINEERING & TRAFFIC DIV. (415) 5748790
MAINTENANCE DIVISION (415) 5744701
WATER QUALITY CONTROL PLANT (915) 3445806
November 8, 1983
The following changes have been made:
A) On Page 1, item 5 should read:
5. The time of completion for this contract shall be two hundred and five
(205) working days, beginning f uui the date of the Notice to Proceed
B) In Section 01010 - "Owner's Project and Special Considerations" beginning
on Page 01010-5, add Item 5.0 Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing Steel Pages 01010-5
through 01010-8, which are attached.
Each bidder shall acknowledge receipt of this addendum by signing one copy of
this sheet and returning it at once. The bidder shall submit a duplicate
signed copy with the bid documents.
Acknowledgement
I have received Addendum No. 1 to the Fine Bubble Aeration System Contract
Book. I have read and understood the information stated above.
Bidder's Signature
Name of Company
Enclosures: -- 5 -
Date
RGB:BTH:d1b
3.0
dissolved oxygen control system, switchgear and related electrical
modifications, air filtration system modifications, and all related
appurtenances and devices required to complete the fine bubble
diffusion system as shown and specified. This provision, however,
shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of his
responsibility for the work.
Under this unit responsibility requirement, the fine bubble
diffusion system supplier shall confirm the size of the aeration
system blowers, the configuration and number of fine bubble
diffusion units, the configuration of the instrumentation system
and the selection of all instrumentation components, the size
and configuration of all electrical components, the size and
characteristics of flow control valves, and all other components
necessary for a complete and operable system.
4.0 PERFORMANCE BONDS ,
Two performance bonds shall be provided to the Owner. The
first is to warrantee the workmanship and materials for a period of
1 year after completion and acceptance of the work set forth in
SP -2-4.1 of the Special Provisions.
A second performance bond shall be provided by the Contractor
as a condition precedent to acceptance of the work by the city.
The performance bond shall be for the fine bubble aeration system
performance and shall be provided in a form acceptable to the
city. The time period for the fine bubble aeration system shall
be for a period of not less than 5 years. The performance bond
shall be by a surety licensed in the State of California.
5.0 EPDXY -COATED REINFORCING STEEL. -- Epoxy -coated reinforcing
steel shall conform to the provisions in Section 52, "Rein-
forcement," of the Standard Specifications State of California,
Department of Transportation, dated January, 1981 (herein "the
Standard Specifications" for Item 5.0 only), and these special
provisions.
01010-5
All bar reinforcing steel shall be epoxy -coated.
Bar reinforcement to be epoxy -coated shall be of the ASTM
Designation and Grade required or permitted by Section
52-1.02A, "Bar Reinforcement," of the Standard Specifications
for the location or type of structure involved. The coated
reinforcement shall conform to the provisions of ASTM
Designation: D 3963, except that the thickness of coating
shall be 7 mils plus or minus 2 mils. The coating shall have
a light pastel color which will readily permit the visual
detection of damage to the coating or corrosion on the bars.
Tests for thickness of coating shall be made on a, minimum
of 2 bars of each size from each production shift. Bend
tests for adhesion of coating shall be conducted on at least
one bar of each size from each production shift. Random
tests shall be made for continuity of coating.
If any bar tested for coating thickness or for adhesion of
coating fails to meet the requirements for coated bars in
Section 7 of ASTM Designation: D 3963, 2 retests on random
samples of the bars represented by the failed tests shall be
conducted for each failed test. If the results of both
retests meet the specified requirements, the coated bars
represented by the samples shall be accepted.
A Certificate of Compliance conforming to the provisions
in Section 6-1.07, "Certificates of Compliance," of the
Standard Specifications shall be furnished for each shipment
of epoxy -coated reinforcing bars certifying that the coated
bars conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: D 3963
and these special provisions. Said Certificate of Compliance
shall include all the information listed in Sections 3.3 and
14.1 of ASTM Designation: D 3963 and a statement that the
coating material has been prequalified by acceptance testing
performed by the National Bureau of Standards or by the
Valley Forge Laboratories, Inc., Devon, Pennsylvania.
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a representa-
tive 4 -ounce sample from each batch of coating material used.
The sample shall be packaged in an airtight container
identified with the batch number.
Two 30 -inch long samples of coated reinforcing steel from
each size and from each load shipped to the jobsite shall be
furnished to the Engineer. These samples shall be
representative of the material furnished. These samples, as
well as any additional random samples taken by the Engineer,
may be tested for specification compliance. Such additional
sampling, and all tests performed by the Engineer, may be
performed at any location deemed appropriate by the Engineer.
Failure of any sample to meet the requirements of the
specifications will be cause for rejection.
01010-6
In fabricating, handling, shipping, and placing of
epoxy -coated reinforcing bars, adequate care shall be taken
to avoid damage to the coating. Handling and shipping
equipment shall have padded contact areas. All bundling
bands shall be padded or suitable banding shall be used to
prevent damage to the coating. All bundles of coated bars
shall he lifted with a strongback or multiple support system
to prevent bar -to -bar abrasion from sags in the bundles.
Bars or bundles shall not be dropped or dragged.
All damage to the coating caused by handling and
fabrication prior to shipment to the jobsite shall be
repaired as required by ASTM Designation: D 3963. Damage to
the coating occuring during shipment or installation, or
both, need not be repaired where the damaged areas are 1/4
inch by 1/4 inch or smaller and the sum of all damaged areas
in each one -foot length of bar does not exceed 0.25 percent
of the bar surface area. All bars with total damage greater
than 2 percent of the bar surface area will be rejected and
shall be removed. On bars with a total damaged coating area
not exceeding 2 percent of the bar surface area, all damaged
areas larger than 1/4 inch square and all damage in sections
of bar with more than 0.25 percent coating damage in a
one -foot length shall be repaired with patching material.
The bar surface area covered by patching material shall not
exceed 5 percent of the total surface area of any bar.
Patching material shall be compatible with the coating
material, not harmfully reactive with the concrete, and shall
be feasible for repairs by the coating applicator or bar
fabricator or in the field. The patching ''material shall be
prequalified as required for the coating material and shall
be either identified on the container as meeting the
requirements of Annex Al of ASTM Designation: D 3963 or
shall be accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance
certifying that the material meets the requirements of said
Annex Al. Patching of damaged areas shall be performed in
accordance with the patching material manufacturer's
recommendations.
Tie wire and bar chairs or other metallic devices used to
secure or support the reinforcement shall be plastic or
epoxy -coated to prevent corrosion of the devices or damage to
the coated reinforcement.
Vibrators used to consolidate concrete containing
epoxy -coated bar reinforcement shall have a resilient
covering to prevent damage to such reinforcement.
Epoxy -coated bar reinforcing steel will he measured and
paid for in accordance with the provisions in Sections
52-1.10, "Measurement," and 52-1.11, "Payment," of the
Standard Specifications and the following:
01010-7
r
Epoxy -coated bar reinforcing steel will be measured by the pound
from calculations based on the nominal weights of the uncoated
reinforcing steel.
Epoxy -coated bar reinforcing steel, except for such coated rein-
forcing steel involved in components of the work for which payment
is made under separate contract items, and where such payment expressly
includes the reinforcing steel involved, will be paid for at the
contract price per pound for bar reinforcing steel (epoxy coated).
*^" END OF SECTION **
01010-8
S
A
FINE BUBBLE AERATION SYSTEM
CITY OF. SAN MATEO, CALIFORNIA
CONTRACT DRAWINGS NO. G1 —G5, P1 (6 sheets)
TIME OF COMPLETION: 205 Working Days
*****
CONTENTS
PROPOSAL FORM
SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS
WAYNE HARRINGTON
CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR II
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
CITY OF SAN MATEO 330 W. 20TH AVENUE
CALIFORNIA 94403
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
BIDDER'S STATEMENT
CERTIFICATE OF NONDISCRIMINATION
CERTIFICATE OF PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE SCALE
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
2
•
(415) 574-6790
CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE DATE
NAME OF COMPANY
FINE BUBBLE AERATION SYSTEM
S
CITY OF SAN MATEO, CALIFORNIA
PROPOSAL FORM
• TO THE HONORABLE CITY COUNCIL
CITY OF SAN MATEO, CALIFORNIA
GENTLEMEN:
FOR THE TOTAL SUM OF computed from the unit and/or
S (use figures only)
lump sum prices shown on the attached schedule of bid items, the undersigned
hereby proposes and agrees that if this proposal is accepted he will contract
with the City of San Mateo, California, to furnish all labor, materials,
tools, equipment, transportation and all incidental work and services required
to complete all items of work shown on the Contract Drawings. All work shall
S conform to the lines, grades and dimensions shown on said drawings and shall
be done in accordance with the Special Provisions and APWA-AGC Standard
Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1982 Edition, as amended by the
19,83 Supplement, and all addenda thereto.
This proposal is submitted in conformance with the requirements of the
S APWA-AGC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1982 Edition,
as amended by the 1983 Supplement, and all addenda thereto; and is also
subject to the terms and conditions of the attached LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS (1
sheet) and BIDDER'S STATEMENT (2 sheets)..
The work shall be paid for at the unit and/or lump sum prices shown on the
S attached SCHEDULE OF BID ITEMS.
e
S
Contractor's Signature Date
Name of Company
FINE BUBBLE AERATION SYSTEM
Schedule of Bid Items
ITEM A: For construction of the Fine Bubble Aeration System, comprising the
items shown and/or specified, the lump sum of
dollars ($ ).
4
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
•
•
•
Each bidder is submitting his bid for the doing of the work or improvement
shall in his bid or offer, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4104
of the Government Code of the State of California, set forth the following:
1. Name and address of the place of business of each subcontractor who will
perform work or labor or render service to the general contractor in or about
the construction of the work or the improvement in an amount in excess of
one-half (1/2) of one (1) percent of the general contractor's total bid.
2. The portion and dollar amount of work which will be done by each
subcontractor.
DOLLAR
NAME ADDRESS SPECIFIC WORK AMOUNT
(if none, insert the word "none")
$
•
3
3
• 3
3
•
3
3
• 3
3
3
• 3
3
3
•
5
•
"
"
"
"
"
"
T h e u n d e r s i g n e d h a s c h e c k e d c a r e f u l l y a l l t h e a b o v e f i g u r e s a n d u n d e r s t a n d s
t h a t t h e C i t y w i l l n o t b e r e s p o n s i b l e f o r a n y e r r o r s o r o m i s s i o n s o n t h e p a r t
o f t h e u n d e r s i g n e d i n m a k i n g u p t h i s b i d .
T h e u n d e r s i g n e d h e r e b y c e r t i f i e s t h a t t h i s b i d i s g e n u i n e , a n d n o t s h a m o r
" c o l l u s i v e , o r m a d e i n t h e i n t e r e s t o r i n b e h a l f o f a n y p e r s o n n o t n a m e d
h e r e i n , a n d t h a t t h e u n d e r s i g n e d h a s n o t d i r e c t l y o r i n d i r e c t l y i n d u c e d o r
s o l i c i t e d a n y o t h e r b i d d e r t o p u t i n a s h a m b i d , o r a n y o t h e r p e r s o n , f i r m o r
c o r p o r a t i o n t o r e f r a i n f r o m b i d d i n g , a n d t h a t t h e u n d e r s i g n e d h a s n o t i n a n y
m a n n e r s o u g h t b y c o l l u s i o n t o s e c u r e f o r h i m s e l f a n a d v a n t a g e o f a n y k i n d
w h a t e v e r .
"
F I N E B U B B L E A E R A T I O N S Y S T E M
T h e u n d e r s i g n e d h a s c a r e f u l l y r e a d t h e A P W A - A G C S t a n d a r d S p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r
P u b l i c W o r k s C o n s t r u c t i o n , 1 9 8 2 E d i t i o n , a s a m e n d e d b y t h e 1 9 8 3 S u p p l e m e n t ,
a n d a l l a d d e n d a t h e r e t o , a n d r e a l i z e s t h a t a n y v a r i a t i o n o r d e v i a t i o n f r o m
t h e s e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , r e q u i r e m e n t s a n d c o n d i t i o n s s h a l l b e s u f f i c i e n t g r o u n d s
f o r r e j e c t i o n o f a l l o r a n y p a r t o f t h e w o r k p e r f o r m e d . S u c h r e j e c t e d w o r k
s h a l l b e r e p l a c e d e n t i r e l y a t t h e C o n t r a c t o r ' s e x p e n s e , a n d f a i l u r e t o d o s o
w i t h i n a r e a s o n a b l e l e n g t h o f t i m e s h a l l b e s u f f i c i e n t r e a s o n f o r t h e
w i t h h o l d i n g o f p a y m e n t f o r a n y p a r t o f o r a l l o f t h e w o r k a n d f o r f e i t u r e o f
t h e C o n t r a c t o r ' s b o n d .
T h e u n d e r s i g n e d f u r t h e r c e r t i f i e s t h a t h e i s l i c e n s e d b y t h e S t a t e o f
C a l i f o r n i a a s a C o n t r a c t o r , t h a t t h e l i c e n s e i s n o w i n f o r c e a n d t h a t t h e
n u m b e r a n d c l a s s i s C l a s s ( ) . R e m a r k s :
I t i s u n d e r s t o o d t h a t t h e q u a n t i t i e s s e t f o r t h h e r e i n a r e a p p r o x i m a t e o n l y a n d
a r e t o b e u s e d o n l y f o r t h e c o m p a r i s o n o f b i d s a n d t h e g u i d a n c e o f t h e b i d d e r .
I f a w a r d e d t h e c o n t r a c t , t h e u n d e r s i g n e d h e r e b y a g r e e s t o s i g n - a n d f i l e s a i d
c o n t r a c t t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e n e c e s s a r y b o n d s a n d c e r t i f i c a t e s o f i n s u r a n c e i n
t h e o f f i c e o f t h e C i t y C l e r k w i t h i n t e n ( 1 0 ) c a l e n d a r d a y s a f t e r t h e d a t e o f
t h e a w a r d a n d t o c o m m e n c e w o r k w i t h i n t e n ( 1 0 ) d a y s o f r e c e i p t o f t h e n o t i c e
t o p r o c e e d , a n d t o c o m p l e t e t h e w o r k u n d e r s a i d c o n t r a c t w i t h i n t h e s p e c i f i e d
n u m b e r o f w o r k i n g d a y s f r o m t h e d a t e o f t h e n o t i c e t o p r o c e e d .
I f t h e u n i t p r i c e a n d t h e t o t a l a m o u n t n a m e d b y a b i d d e r f o r a n y i t e m d o n o t
a g r e e , i t w i l l b e a s s u m e d t h a t t h e e r r o r w a s m a d e i n c o m p u t i n g t h e t o t a l
a m o u n t a n d t h e u n i t p r i c e a l o n e w i l l b e c o n s i d e r e d a s r e p r e s e n t i n g t h e
b i d d e r ' s i n t e n t i o n .
U n i t p r i c e s b i d m u s t n o t b e u n b a l a n c e d .
B I D D E R ' S S T A T E M E N T - - S H E E T 1
"
"
Enclosed find bond or certified check or cashier's check No. of
the Bank for
•
•
Not less than ten (10) percent of this bid payable to the City of San Mateo,
California, and which is given as a guarantee that the undersigned will enter
into the contract if awarded to the undersigned.
The undersigned agrees that this bid may not be withdrawn for a period of
thirty (30) days after the date set for the opening thereof.
NOTE: IF THE PROPOSAL IS -MADE BY AN INDIVIDUAL, HIS NAME AND POST OFFICE
ADDRESS MUST BE SHOWN. IF THE PROPOSAL IS MADE BY A PARTNERSHIP, THE NAME AND
ADDRESS OF EACH MEMBER OF THE FIRM OR PARTNERSHIP MUST BE SHOWN; OR IF MADE BY
A CORPORATION, THE PROPOSAL SHALL SHOW THE NAME OF THE STATE UNDER THE LAWS OF
WHICH THE CORPORATION WAS CHARTERED AND THE NAMES, TITLES AND BUSINESS
ADDRESSES OF THE PRESIDENT, SECRETARY AND TREASURER OF SAID CORPORATION.
SIGNATURES FOR BIDDER:
• If CORPORATION, Sign Below
If INDIVIDUAL, Sign Below (Show Names of Nonsigning Officers)
•
Signature
Date A CORPORATION
Post Office Address Name of State Where Chartered
• If PARTNERSHIP, Sign Below
(Show Names of Nonsigning Partners) PRESIDENT Date
•
•
Name of Partners
Signature
SECRETARY Date
Date TREASURER Date
Post Office Address Post Office Address
BIDDER'S STATEMENT -- Sheet 2
CERTIFICATE OF NONDISCRIMINATION
On behalf of the bidder making this proposal, the undersigned certifies that
there will be no discrimination in employment with regards to race, color,
religion, sex or national origin; that all federal, state and local directives
and executive orders regarding nondiscrimination in employment will be
complied with; and that the principle of equal opportunity in employment will
be demonstrated positively and aggressively.
(Bidder)
By:
(Name and title of person
making certificate)
Dated:
CERTIFICATION OF PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE SCALE
On behalfof the bidder making this proposal, the undersigned certifies that
♦ the Prevailing Wage Scale on file in the Office of the City Clerk will be paid
to all craftsmen and laborers working on this project. A copy of the latest
determination will be posted at the job site.
♦ Title of Project:
Bidder:
♦ (Name and Title of Person Making Certification)
♦
♦
♦
♦
•
By:
Date:
Note: Contractor will be obligated, per federal requirements, to submit
weekly pay sheets for federal verification, if applicable.
9
•
FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOYD
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT, WHEREAS, the City of San Mateo
, hereinafter designated
the "Owner," has, on , 19 , awarded to
hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the construction of
the Fine Bubble Aeration System, and
WHEREAS, said Principal is required under the terms of said contract to
furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said contracts:
NOW, THERFORE, WE, the Principal, and
, as
Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Owner the penal sum of
dollars ($
lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly
to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and
successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the above bounden
Principal, his or its heirs, executors, •administrators, successors, or
assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep
and faithfully perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the said
contract and any alterations made as therein provided, on his or their part,
to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and
in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, and shall
indemnify and save harmless, the Owner, its officers and agents as therein
stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it
shall be and remain i❑ full force and virtue and Principal and Surety, in the
event suit is brought on this bond, will pay to the Owner such reasonable
attorney's fees as fixed by the court.
As condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the said contract,
the above obligation in the said amount shall hold good for a period of one
(1) year after the completion and acceptance of the said work, during which
time if the above bounden Principal, his or its heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, shall fail to make full, complete, and
satisfactory repair and replacements or totally protect the said Owner from
loss or damage made evident during said period of one year from the date of
acceptance of said work, and resulting from or caused by defective materials
and/or faulty workmanship in the prosecution of the work done, the above
obligation in the said amount shall remain in full force and effect. However,
anything in this paragraph to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligation of
the Surety hereunder shall continue so long as any obligation of the Principal
remains.
And the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that
no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of•the
contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications
accompanying the same shall, in any way, affect its obligations on this bond,
• and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time,
10
alteration, or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the
specifications. Said Surety hereby waives the provisions of Sections 2819 and
2845 of the Civil Code of the State of California.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above
instrument under their seals this
19 , the name and corporate seal
and these presents duly signed by
authority of its governing body.
(Seal)
(Seal)
bounden parties have executed this
day of
of each corporate party being hereto affixed
its undersigned representatives, pursuant to
11
Principal
Signature for Principal
Title of Signator
Surety
Signature for Surety
Title of Signator
FINE BUBBLE AERATION SYSTEM
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
CITY OF SAN MATEO, CALIFORNIA
PART I GENERAL - The work embraced herein shall be done according to the
APWA-AGC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1982 Edition,
as amended by the 1983 Supplement, and all addenda thereto (hereinafter
referred to as the Standard Specifications) and according to these Special
Provisions. The Standard Specifications are in all other respects
incorporated into and are a part of the contract, except where they conflict
with these Special Provisions.
These Special Provisions shall govern in lieu of conflicting provisions of the
Standard Specifications, but shall in no way nullify nonconflicting portions
of the Standard Specifications.
Whenever the letters SP are used as a prefix in section numbering (e.g., SP -
1 -2) the sections so designated are in these Special Provisions and refer to
modifications or additions to sections in the Standard Specifications which
have the same first numbers (e.g., 1-2).
SP -2-1 AWARD OF CONTRACT - The contract may be awarded to the lowest
responsible bidder. In determining lowest responsible bidder careful
consideration by City shall be given to each item of bid`. The City reserves
the right to amend or reject any or all proposals and also to select or reject
any of the bid items as City sees in its hest interest.
SP -2-4 CONTRACT BONDS - Before execution of the contract by the Agency, the
Contractor shall file with the agency surety bonds satisfactory to the City in
the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds shall be duly executed by
a responsible corporate Surety, authorized to issue such bonds in the State of
California and secured through an authorized agent with an office in
California. The Contractor -shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and
incidentals.
Each bond shall be signed by both the Contractor and Surety and the signature
of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized.
The Contractor shall provide two good and sufficient surety bonds. The
"Payment Bond" (Material and Labor Bond) shall be for not less than 50 percent
of the contract price, to satisfy claims of material suppliers and of
mechanics and laborers employed by it on the work. The bond shall be
maintained by the Contractor in full force and effect until the completed work
is accepted by the Agency, and until all claims for materials and labor are
paid, and shall otherwise comply with the Civil Code.
The "Faithful Performance Bond" shall be for 100 percent of the contract price
to guarantee faithful performance of all work, within the time prescribed, in
a manner satisfactory to the City, and that all materials and workmanship will
be free from original or developed defects.
SP -2-4.1 GUARANTEE - The Contractor warrants and guarantees that all material
and equipment used or furnished and all workmanship are bf the type and quality
specified herein. The Contractor further guarantees that any latent fault in
construction or defective material discovered within one year after acceptance
12
SP -2-4.1 GUARANTEE (cont.)
e
of the work shall be remedied by him without cost to the City, upon written
notice given to him. Other subsequent latent defects shall be covered by
responsibilities set forth in the law.
In the event of failure to comply with the above -mentioned conditions within a
reasonable time after notice, the City will have the defects repaired and made
good at the expense of the Contractor, who agrees to pay the costs and charges
• therefore immediately upon demand.
s
The signing of the agreement by the Contractor shall constitute execution of
the above guarantees. The Faithful Performance Bond shall remain in full
effect during the guarantee period and will not be released until the
expiration of such period.
SP -2-5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS - The plans for this project are
as follows:
STANDARD PLANS
Title Drawing No.
Index of Drawings, Location Map, and Existing G1 4-25-63 (6 sheets)
Plant Layout
Plan - Aeration Tanks and Main Structure G2
Plan and Sections - Aeration Tank 3 and G3
Blower Room
Section and Details G4
Photographs G5
Process Schematic P1
SP -2-6 WORK TO BE DONE -
The existing activated sludge system is to be modified as follows:
A. Aeration Tanks 1, 2, 3 and 4
• 1. Remove center divider wall.
2. Construct new masonry block wall at outlet end of tanks.
3. Provide fine bubble aeration system in each tank. Tie into existing
air piping at turbine aerator support structure. Existing turbine
aerators are to remain as back-up to fine bubble aeration system.
13
SP -2-6 WORK TO BE DONE -
•
•
•
•
•
•
4. Extend existing dissolved oxygen probes so that two probe outlets are
located on each existing turbine aerator support structure. Provide
four additional dissolved oxygen probes to match existing.
5. Provide hose bib stations at each turbine aerator platform.
Connection and source of water is an existing reclaimed water pipe
(No. 3 water) north of aeration tanks.
6. Tap into existing air pipe and route piping to flocculation chamber
formed by construction of new masonry block wall. Piping to supply
air to new fine bubble diffusers located at bottom of flocculation
chamber.
B. Main Structure
1. Increase the air supply capacity of the aeration system by replacing
two of the existing five blowers with larger capacity units. Blowers
1 and 4 are to be replaced with new units.
2. Replace the existing blower suction valve motor operators rated at a
higher duty.
3. Provide new motor -operated flow control valves on air supply piping to
each aeration tank.
4. Replace existing blower air filters with high efficiency filters.
Existing enclosures are to be modified or replaced as required.
5. For the existing blower, the discharge and suction connection shall be
replaced with rubber reinforced fittings, the existing grease
lubricated bearings shall be replaced with oil lubricated hearings,
and the seals on the discharge valves shall be replaced.
6. Power to blower 1 is presently supplied frm MCC P1. This power supply
shall be changed from MCC P1 to MCC P4.
7. Provide new electrical cable and, conduit from existing MCC to blower
units 1 and 4.
• B. Provide power supply to new flow' control valves on air piping to
aeration tanks.
•
•
9. Replace the existing manually controlled aeration system with
microprocessor -based system to automatically control dissolved oxygen
concentration in aeration tanks and to automatically control air
manifold pressure by modulation of blower suction valves. Blowers are
to be manually started and stopped.
C. System Responsibility
1. The performance of the aeration system comprising of diffusers,
blowers, control valves, filters, and instrumentation and control
systems shall be the responsibility of the fine bubble diffuser
supplier.
1
•
14
" ; ;
S P - 2 - 6 . 1 E X A M I N A T I O N O F T H E S I T E ( _ T h e b i d d e r s h a l l e x a m i n e c a r e f u l l y t h e s i t e
o f t h e w o r k c o n t e m p l a t e d , t h e p l a n s a n d s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , a n d t h e p r o p o s a l a n d
c o n t r a c t f o r m s t h e r e f o r . T h e s u b m i s s i o n o f a b i d s h a l l b e c o n c l u s i v e e v i d e n c e
t h a t t h e b i d d e r h a s i n v e s t i g a t e d a n d i s s a t i s f i e d a s t o t h e c o n d i t i o n s t o b e
e n c o u n t e r e d , a s t o t h e c h a r a c t e r , q u a l i t y a n d s c o p e o f w o r k t o b e p e r f o r m e d ,
" t h e q u a n t i t y o f m a t e r i a l s t o b e f u r n i s h e d a n d a s t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h e
p r o p o s a l , p l a n s , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s a n d c o n t r a c t s .
S P - 3 - 2 . 1 C H A N G E S I N I T I A T E D B Y T H E A G E N C Y - T h e C i t y o f S a n M a t e o r e s e r v e s t h e
r i g h t t o c h a n g e t h e s c o p e o f t h i s c o n t r a c t i n o r d e r t o a l i g n t h e c o n t r a c t p r i c e
t o t h e m o n i e s a v a i l a b l e . P r e s e n t l y t h e r e i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y $ 5 0 0 , 0 0 0 a v a i l a b l e
f o r t h i s p r o j e c t . T h e C i t y s h a l l h a v e f u l l a u t h o r i t y a n d d i s c r e t i o n t o
d e t e r m i n e t h e d e c r e a s e o r i n c r e a s e i n q u a n t i t i e s r e q u i r e d a s w e l l a s t h e
s u b p r o j e c t s w h i c h w i l l b e a l t e r e d , a d d e d o r d e l e t e d . T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l n o t
b e e n t i t l e d t o a n y a d d i t i o n a l c o m p e n s a t i o n o r a d j u s t m e n t i n t h e u n i t p r i c e s
b i d b e c a u s e o f t h e a b o v e - s t a t e d a l t e r a t i o n o f t h i s p r o j e c t .
"
S P - 5 - 1 L O C A T I O N O F U T I L I T I E S - T h e C o n t r a c t o r ' s a t t e n t i o n i s d i r e c t e d t o
S e c t i o n 5 - 1 o f t h e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r P u b l i c W o r k s C o n s t r u c t i o n r e g a r d i n g t h e
C o n t r a c t o r ' s r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r r e q u e s t i n g u t i l i t y c o m p a n i e s ' r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s
t o m a r k o r o t h e r w i s e i n d i c a t e t h e l o c a t i o n o f t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e u n d e r g r o u n d
i n s t a l l a t i o n s a t l e a s t t w o ( 2 ) d a y s p r i o r t o c o m m e n c i n g w o r k .
"
S P - 6 - 1 . 1 / C O N S T R U C T I O N S C H E D U L E _ A c p r c o n s t r u c t i o n _ c o n f e r e n c e w i l l b e h e l d a t
a l o c a t i o n ' W l e c t e d - b y t h e C i t y a p p r o x i m a t e l y t h r e e 4 3 ) d a y s a f t e r o f ?
t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n s c h e d u l e ' f o r t h e p u r p o s e s o f r e v i e w - a n d a p p r o v a l - r e c ` o ' f - s a i d " -
s c h e d u l e a n d t o d i s c u s s c o n s t r u c t i o n p r o c e d u r e s . T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l b e
r e p r e s e n t e d b y h i s s u p e r i n t e n d e n t o f w o r k . T h e C i t y w i l l b e r e p r e s e n t e d b y
m e m b e r s o f t h e o r g a n i z a t i o n h a v i n g d i r e c t c o n t r o l o f s u p e r v i s i o n o f t h e
. p r o j e c t .
S P - 6 - 6 . 1 D E L A Y S A N D E X T E N S I O N S O F T I M E - I n t h e e v e n t t h a t a d i s a g r e e m e n t
s h a l l a r i s e b e t w e e n t h e C i t y a n d t h e C o n t r a c t o r o v e r T i m e o f P e r f o r m a n c e a s
e x t e n d e d b y t h e C i t y d u e t o a n a l l o w e d s u s p e n s i o n o f w o r k , t h e C o n t r a c t o r m a y
r e q u e s t a n e x t e n s i o n f r o m t h e C i t y C o u n c i l . S u c h r e q u e s t s s h a l l b e f i l e d w i t h
" t h e C i t y C l e r k , a d d r e s s e d t o t h e C i t y C o u n c i l , a t l e a s t t w e n t y ( 2 0 ) d a y s p r i o r
t o t h e e x p i r a t i o n o f t h e T i m e o f P e r f o r m a n c e a s m o d i f i e d . T h e r u l i n g o f t h e
C i t y C o u n c i l s h a l l b e f i n a l a n d c o n c l u s i v e .
S P - 6 - 7 T I M E O F C O M P L E T I O N - T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l p r o s e c u t e a n d w o r k t o
c o m p l e t i o n b e f o r e t h e e x p i r a t i o n o f 2 0 5 w o r k i n g d a y s .
T h e C i t y w i l l f u r n i s h t h e C o n t r a c t o r a s t a t e m e n t o f w o r k i n g d a y s r e m a i n i n g o n
t h e c o n t r a c t a s p a r t o f t h e m o n t h l y p r o g r e s s e s t i m a t e .
"
S P - 6 - 9 L I Q U I D A T E D D A M A G E S - ; F a i l u r e o f t h e C o n t r a c t o r t o c o m p l e t e t h e w o r k
w i t h i n t h e t i m e a l l o w e d w i l l r e s u l t i n d a m a g e s b e i n g s u s t a i n e d b y t h e C i t y o f
" S a n M a t e o . S u c h d a m a g e s w i l l b e d e t e r m i n e d . F o r e a c h c o n s e c u t i v e c a l e n d a r
d a y i n e x c e s s o f t h e t i m e s p e c i f i e d f o r c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e w o r k ( a s a d j u s t e d ) ,
t h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l p a y t o t h e C i t y o f S a n M a t e o , o r h a v e w i t h h e l d f r o m
m o n i e s d u e i t , t h e s u m o f t h e a m o u n t n e c e s s a r y t o c o v e r a n y a d d - o n c o s t s o r
l o s t r e v e n u e a n d b y c o s t p l u s a n d e s t i m a t e o f o v e r h e a d c o s t s i n c u r r e d b y t h e
C i t y ; e . g . , i n s p e c t i o n a n d a d m i n i s t r a t i v e c o s t s , l o s s o f r e v e n u e o r t h e c o s t
. o f a l t e r n a t i v e s e r v i c e s d u r i n g d e l a y , e t c .
1 5
"
"
"
E x e c u t i o n o f t h e c o n t r a c t u n d e r . - h e s e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s s h a l l c o n s t i t u t e
a g r e e m e n t b y t h e C i t y o f S a n M a t e o a n d C o n t r a c t o r t h a t $ 1 0 0 p e r d a y i s t h e
m i n i m u m v a l u e o f t h e c o s t s a n d a c t u a l d a m a g e c a u s e d b y f a i l u r e o f t h e
C o n t r a c t o r t o c o m p l e t e t h e w o r k w i t h i n t h e a l l o t t e d t i m e , t h a t l i q u i d a t e d
d a m a g e s s h a l l n o t b e c o n s t r u e d a s a p e n a l t y , a n d t h a t t h e a m o u n t c a l c u l a t e d b y
t h e C i t y m a y b e d e d u c t e d f r o m p a y m e n t s d u e t h e C o n t r a c t o r i f s u c h d e l a y
o c c u r s .
S P - 7 - 2 . 2 . 1 H O U R S O F L A B O R - C o n s t r u c t i o n o p e r a t i o n s b e y o n d t h e e i g h t - h o u r
n o r m a l w o r k d a y a n d o n l e g a l h o l i d a y s m a y o c c u r o n o c c a s i o n . T h e C o n t r a c t o r
s h a l l n o t i f y t h e C i t y E n g i n e e r i n w r i t i n g t w e n t y - f o u r ( 2 4 ) h o u r s p r i o r t o a n y
n o n e m e r g e n c y t y p e o v e r t i m e o p e r a t i o n s o r f o r f e i t t h e s u m o f t h e j o b
i n s p e c t o r ' s p a y p e r d a y ( o r p r o r a t e d p o r t i o n t h e r e o f ) f o r o v e r t i m e w o r k
w i t h o u t w r i t t e n c o n s e n t o f t h e C i t y E n g i n e e r - - s a i d s u m t o b e d e d u c t e d f r o m a n y
m o n i e s d u e t h e C o n t r a c t o r o r p a i d d i r e c t l y t o h i m .
S P - 7 - 2 . 3 A F F I R M A T I V E A C T I O N G U I D E L I N E S - T h i s s e c t i o n i s t h e C i t y ' s a d o p t e d
" A f f i r m a t i v e A c t i o n P r o g r a m .
"
S P - 7 - 2 . 3 . 1 P O L I C Y - I t i s t h e p o l i c y o f t h e C i t y o f S a n M a t e o t h a t a l l
q u a l i f i e d p e r s o n s a r e t o b e a f f o r d e d e q u a l o p p o r t u n i t i e s o f e m p l o y m e n t o n a n y
p u b l i c w o r k s c o n t r a c t e n t e r e d i n t o w i t h t h e C i t y . T o p r o h i b i t d i s c r i m i n a t i o n
b e c a u s e o f r a c e , c o l o r , r e l i g i o n , s e x o r n a t i o n a l o r i g i n , a l l b i d d e r s s h a l l b e
p r e p a r e d t o d e m o n s t r a t e t h a t t h e y a n d t h e i r s u b c o n t r a c t o r s h a v e u n d e r t a k e n a
p o s i t i v e a n d c o n t i n u i n g p r o g r a m t o p r o m o t e t h e f u l l r e a l i z a t i o n o f e q u a l
e m p l o y m e n t o p p o r t u n i t i e s .
S P - 7 - 2 . 3 . 2 L O W E S T R E S P O N S I B L E B I D D E R - I n o r d e r t o p r o m o t e t h e p o l i c y
d e c l a r e d a b o v e , c o n t r a c t s f o r p u b l i c w o r k s w i l l b e a w a r d e d o n l y t o s u c h
" b i d d e r s a s a r e d e t e r m i n e d t o m e e t t h e f o l l o w i n g q u a l i f i c a t i o n s o f l o w e s t
r e s p o n s i b l e b i d d e r .
T h e l o w e s t r e s p o n s i b l e b i d d e r s h a l l b e t h e b i d d e r w h o o f f e r s t o p e r f o r m t h e
w o r k i n v o l v e d a c c o r d i n g t o t h e p l a n s a n d s p e c i f i c a t i o n s t h e r e f o r f o r t h e l e a s t
a m o u n t o f m o n e y ; p r o v i d e d t h e b i d d e r h a s : t h e a b i l i t y , c a p a c i t y a n d , w h e n
" n e c e s s a r y , t h e r e q u i r e d s t a t e o r o t h e r l i c e n s e a n d t h a t h e a n d h i s
s u b c o n t r a c t o r s h a v e u n d e r t a k e n a n a f f i r m a t i v e a c t i o n p r o g r a m t o p r o m o t e t h e
f u l l r e a l i z a t i o n o f e q u a l e m p l o y m e n t o p p o r t u n i t i e s m e e t i n g t h e m i n i m u m
r e q u i r e m e n t s s e t f o r t h h e r e i n . A n y s u b c o n t r a c t o r f a i l i n g t o c o m p l y h e r e w i t h
s h a l l b e d e e m e d u n q u a l i f i e d a n d s h a l l b e s u b s t i t u t e d .
" S P - 7 - 2 . 3 . 3 P R E A W A R D C O N F E R E N C E - A p r e a w a r d c o n f e r e n c e w i l l b e r e q u i r e d o f
t h e p o t e n t i a l l y l o w e s t r e s p o n s i b l e b i d d e r a n d h i s s u b c o n t r a c t o r s w h e n t h e
f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s e x i s t :
A . P r i m e C o n t r a c t o r
" 1 . T h e t o t a l c o n t r a c t a m o u n t i s g r e a t e r t h a n $ 2 0 , 0 0 0 w i t h 1 0 o r m o r e
e m p l o y e e s .
2 . T h e p r i m e c o n t r a c t o r h a s n o t f i l e d a n a p p r o v e d a f f i r m a t i v e a c t i o n p l a n
w i t h t h e C i t y i n t h e p a s t 6 m o n t h s . I f a n a p p r o v e d p l a n h a s b e e n f i l e d ,
t h e g e n e r a l c o n t r a c t o r w i l l b e r e q u i r e d t o f i l e u p d a t e s t o t h e p l a n i f
a n y , o r a l e t t e r a c k n o w l e d g i n g t h a t t h e p r e v i o u s l y s u b m i t t e d p l a n i s s t i l l
i n e f f e c t .
1
1 6
3. The project is federally funded.
B. Subcontractors
• 1. The total amount involved in the subcontract is greater than $10,000
with ten or more employees.
•
•
•
2. The subcontractor has not filed an approved affirmative action plan
with the City in the past 6 months. If an approved plan has been filed,
the subcontractor will be required to file updates to the plan if any, or
a letter acknowledging that the previously submitted plan is still in
effect.
-or-
3. The project is federally funded.
Each potentially lowest responsible bidder and his subcontractors who meet the
above conditions, will be expected to meet with the City at a preaward
conference to be held between the time the bids are received and opened and to
be referred to the Council for consideration and award.
SP -7-2.3.4 STANDARDS OF NONDISCRIMINATION
A. The successful bidder and each subcontractor shall undertake affirmative
action to ensure that applicants are. employed, and that employees are treated
during employment, without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national
origin. Such action shall:include, but not be limited to, the following:
employment, upgrading; demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment
• advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of
compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship where
applicable.
B. In all advertisements for labor or other personnel or requests for
employees of any nature, the successful bidder and each subcontractor shall
• state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment
without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
•
•
C. In all hiring, the successful bidder and each subcontractor shall make
every effort to hire qualified workmen from all races and ethnic groups.
SP -7-2.3.5 CERTIFICATE OF NONDISCRIMINATION - Each bidder on any public works
contract shall sign the certificate of nondiscrimination which is a part of
the proposal form.
Each subcontractor shall, prior to entering into a contract with any
successful bidder, execute and file with the City a certificate of
nondiscrimination.
SP -7-2.3.6 NOTICE TO SOURCES OF EMPLOYEE REFERRALS - The successful bidder
and each subcontractor will send to the State of California Employment
Development Department and to each labor union, employment agency and
representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement
• or other contract or understanding and from which he expects employee
referrals, a notice, as provided by the City, with a copy to the City,
advising of the commitments under these specifications.
17
SP -7-2.3.7 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION BY PRIME CONTRACTORS - At the preaward
conference, the potentially lowest responsible bidder shall demonstrate that
he meets the following minimum standards of affirmative action:
• A. File with the City his affirmative action plan indicating the steps he is
taking to encourage and assist members of minority groups to become qualified
workers. Such a plan will include practices with respect to: recruitment;
employment; compensation; promotion or demotion; and selection for training.
Practices with respect to the above shall demonstrate the extent to which the
• Contractor has or participates in a training program to assure potential
emoloyees ample opportunity more fully to qualify for jobs and to assure
existing employees adequate opportunity for upgrading and equal opportunity
for advancement and promotion.
B. File with the City evidence that he has notified his supervisors, foremen
• and other personnel officers and all subcontractors of the commitments to be
assumed under these specifications.
•
•
•
•
•
•
C. File with the City evidence that he has notified all sources of employee
referrals of the commitments to be assumed under these specifications.
D. File with the City the name of the person designated to serve as Equal
Employment Officer who is authorized to supply reports and represent the
Contractor in all matters regarding the Affirmative Action Plan.
SP -7-2.3.8 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION BY SUBCONTRACTORS - Each subcontractor shall,
prior to entering into a contract to perform any work or supply materials for
a public works project of the City of San Mateo, file with the prime
contractor and with the City his Affirmative Action Plan in the form set forth
in Section SP -7-2.3.7 above.
The requirements of these specifications shall be considered a part of each
contract entered into by subcontractors, the services of which equal $5,000 or
more of the basic contract. The successful bidder shall include the
provisions of these specifications in every first -tier subcontract and require
each subcontractor to bind further subcontractors with whom he enters into a
contract.
SP -7-2.3.9 POSTING NOTICE OF AFFIRMATIVE ACTION AND NONDISCRIMINATION IN
EMPLOYMENT - Each successful bidder shall post on the job site and in the
field office or offices maintained by him, the notice provided by the City
regarding Affirmative Action and Nondiscrimination in Employment.
SP -7-2.4 WEEKLY PAYROLL SUBMISSION - Each contractor and subcontractor and
any lower -tier subcontractor' shall submit weekly payrolls for each workweek
from the time he starts work on the project until he completes his work. If
he performs no work on the project during a given workweek, he may either
submit a payroll with the notation "no work performed during this workweek" or
submit a letter to that effect. He should identify his initial and final
payrolls by marking them "Initial" and "Final." Payrolls shall be completed
and submitted no later, than seven work days following completion of the
workweek.
18
SP -7-3.1 LIABILITY INSURANCE - The coverage shall provide the following
minimum limits: bodily injury - $250,000 each person, $500,000 each
occurrence, $500,000 aggregate products and completed operations; property
damage $100,000 each occurrence, $250,000 aggregate. A combined single limit
• policy with aggregate limits in the amount of $1,000,000 will be considered
equivalent to the required minimum limits. The insurance policy shall specify
the City of San Mateo, its elective and appointive boards, commissions,
officers, agents and employees as additional insureds.
SP -7-7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK - The City, at its convenience, may
• obtain other contractors to do additional or supplementary work on same job
and/or job site at same time as Contractor without penalty or cost to City.
•
•
•
•
Construction operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause as
little inconvenience as possible to the abutting property owners or motoring
public. Convenient access to driveways, houses and buildings along the line
of work shall be maintained. No more than one-half (1/2) of the roadway shall
be closed to traffic at any time and two lanes of traffic, one in each
direction, shall be maintained at all times. Open excavation and ditches
across a roadway shall be covered and guarded in such,a manner as to permit
safe traffic flow during hours when no work is being performed.
SP -7-15 NOTICE OF POTENTIAL CLAIM - The Contractor shall not be entitled to
the payment of any additional compensation for any cause, including any act,
or failure to act, by the Engineer, or the happening of any event, thing or.
occurrence, unless he shall have given the Engineer due written notice of
potential claim as hereinafter specified, provided, however, that compliance
with this Section SP -7-15 shall not be a prerequisite as to matters within the
scope. of the Protest Provision in Section 6-7, "Time ofCompletion", in the
Standard Specifications, nor to any claim, which is based on differences in
measurements or errors of computation as to contract quantities.
The written notice of potential claim shall set forth the reasons for which
the Contractor believes additional compensation will or may be due, the nature
of the costs involved, and, insofar as possible, the amount of the potential
claim. The said notice as above required must have been given to the Engineer
prior to the time that the Contractor shall have performed the work giving
rise to the potential claim for additional compensation; if based on an act or
failure to act by the Engineer, or in all other cases within 15 days after the
happening of the event, thing or occurrence giving rise' -to the potential
claim.
It is the intention of this Section that differences between the parties
arising under and by virtue of the contract be brought to the attentionof the
Engineer at the earliest possible time in order that such matters may be
settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. The
® Contractor hereby agrees that he shall have no right to additional
compensation for any claim that may be based on any such act, failure to act,
event, thing or occurrence for which no written notice of potential claim as
herein required was filed.
•
SP -9-1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES - When payment for a work item is to be made
on a tonnage basis, the Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a legible copy
of a licensed weigh -master's certificate showing gross, tare and net weight of
each truckload of material. Certificates shall be delivered to the Engineer
at the job site upon delivery of the material.
19
SP -9-3.1 GENERAL - Except as directed otherwise in these specifications, full
compensation for completing all of the work indicated on the plans and
directed herein is considered to be included in the contract unit prices paid
for the various items of work and no separate payment will be made therefor..
SP -9-3.2 TEN PERCENT (10%) RETENTION - To ensure performance City is entitled
to retain 10% of the contract price for 35 days after it records the Notice of
Completion. However, pursuant to Government Code §4590 the Contractor may
substitute securities for said 10% retention. The provisions of §4590 are
expressly made a part of the contract.
Payment for mobilization will be as follows:
A. When the monthly partial payment estimate of the amount earned, not
including the amount earned for mobilization, is five percent or more of the
original contract amount, 50 percent of the contract item price for
mobilization or five percent of the original contract amount, whichever is the
lesser, will be included in said estimate for payment.
B. When the monthly partial payment estimate of the amount earned, not
including the amount earned for mobilization, is ten percent or more of the
original contract amount, the total amount earned for mobilization shall be 75
percent of the contract item price for mobilization or 7.5 percent of the
original contract amount, whichever is the lesser, and said amount will be
included in said estimate for payment.
C. When the monthly partial payment estimate of the amount earned, not
including the amount earned for mobilization, is 20 percent or more of the
original contract amount, the total amount earned for mobilization shall be 95
percent of the contract item price for mobilization or 9.5 percent of the
original contract amount, whichever is the lesser, and:said.amount will be
included in said estimate for payment.
D. When the monthly partialpayment estimate of the amount earned, not
including the amount earned for mobilization, is 50 percent or more of the
original contract amount, the total amount earned for mobilization shall be
100 percent of the contract item price for mobilization -or ten percent of the
original contract amount, whichever is the lesser, and said amount will be
included in said estimate for payment. Any remainder will be paid Contractor
at close of the job.
The contract price paid for mobilization shall include full compensation for
furnishing all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for
mobilization as specified herein.
The maximum allowable price bid for mobilization shall -be: $20,000
20
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
P A R T I I C O N S T R U C T I O N M A T E R I A L S -
S P 2 0 1 - 1 . 2 . 4 C O R R O S I O N I N H I B I T I N G A D M I X T U R E - A l l r e i n f o r c e d c o n c r e t e
s t r u c t u r e s c o n s t r u c t e d i n t h e C i t y o f S a n M a t e o s h a l l h a v e a c o r r o s i o n
i n h i b i t i n g a d m i x t u r e i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e c o n c r e t e . T h e i n h i b i t o r s h a l l b e
D a r e x C o r r o s i o n I n h i b i t o r a s m a n u f a c t u r e d b y t h e C o n s t r u c t i o n P r o d u c t s
D i v i s i o n , W . R . G r a c e a n d C o m p a n y , 7 2 3 7 E a s t G a g e A v e n u e , L o s A n g e l e s , C A
9 0 0 2 2 , ( 2 1 3 ) 9 2 7 - 1 4 6 1 ; o r a p p r o v e d e q u a l . T h e a d m i x t u r e s h a l l b e u s e d i n
s t r i c t a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r e c o m m e n d a t i o n . T h e a d m i x t u r e s h a l l .
c o m p l y w i t h A S T M D e s i g n a t i o n : C - 4 9 4 , T y p e C . C e r t i f i c a t i o n o f c o m p l i a n c e w i l l
b e m a d e a v a i l a b l e u p o n r e q u e s t .
2 1
"
PART III CONSTRUCTION METHODS -
The construction sequence shall provide for the following conditions:
A. Aeration Tanks
1. The City will drain and clean each aeration basin prior to the
contractor's work. Aeration tank 1 will be modified first
followed in sequence by tanks 2, 3 and 4.
2. The City has a discharge permit requiring certain effluent
limitations. Because of this requirement each aerationtank will
have to be drained, cleaned, modified, tested, and put on line
before a subsequent aeration tank can be modified. This
sequential construction limitation shall be accounted for in the
construction schedule and the work methods.
3. The new hose bib stations for each aeration tank shall be provided
prior to the respective aeration tank being taken out of service
and modified. The City will need the hose bib station to clean
the tanks.
B. Main Structure
1. When the blowers are being replaced or modified, only one blower
shall be worked on at a time. Eac blower shall be shut down,
replaced or modified, tested and put on line before a subsequent
blower is removed from service.
2. Each new flow control valve on the discharge of the blowers shall
be installed at the time the companion aeration tank is taken out
of service.
1
22
"
"
f
T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C A T I O N S
DIVISION 1
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section Title
01005 SUPPLEMENTAL SPECIAL PROVISIONS
01006 PROJECT LOCATION AND SITE ACCESS
01010 OWNER'S PROJECT AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
01014 WORK SEQUENCE
01015 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
01020 PERMITS
01060 SAFETY AND HEALTH
01300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
01400 QUALITY CONTROL
01500 CONTRACTOR'S UTILITIES
01540 SECURITY
01560 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
01620 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01700 RESTORATION OF IMPROVEMENTS
01720 RECORD DRAWINGS
01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
01999 REFERENCE FORMS
"
S E C T I O N 0 1 0 0 5
"
1 . 0 A G E N C Y
S U P P L E M E N T A L S P E C I A L P R O V I S I O N S
" A g e n c y , " w h e r e v e r a n d w h e n e v e r i t a p p e a r s i n t h i s p r o j e c t
m a n u a l s h a l l m e a n t h e C i t y o f S a n M a t e o ; i t s e l e c t e d o f f i c i a l s ,
f& o f f i c e r s a n d e m p l o y e e s .
2 . 0 C I T Y
" C i t y , " w h e r e v e r a n d w h e n e v e r i t a p p e a r s i n t h i s p r o j e c t
m a n u a l , s h a l l m e a n t h e C i t y o f S a n M a t e o , i t s e l e c t e d o f f i c i a l s ,
� o f f i c e r s a n d e m p l o y e e s .
3 . 0 O W N E R
" O w n e r , " w h e r e v e r a n d w h e n e v e r i t a p p e a r s i n t h i s p r o j e c t
m a n u a l , s h a l l m e a n t h e C i t y o f S a n M a t e o ; i t s e l e c t e d o f f i c i a l s ,
" o f f i c e r s a n d e m p l o y e e s .
"
"
"
"
"
4 . 0 P R O J E C T M A N U A L
" P r o j e c t m a n u a l , " a s u s e d i n t h e s e d o c u m e n t s s h a l l i n c l u d e :
A d v e r t i s e m e n t f o r B i d s
P r o p o s a l F o r m
S c h e d u l e o f B i d I t e m s
L i s t o f S u b c o n t r a c t o r s
B i d d e r ' s S t a t e m e n t
S p e c i a l P r o v i s i o n s
T e c h n i c a l S p e c i f i c a t i o n s
C o n t r a c t D r a w i n g s
A d d e n d a
5 . 0 E V A L U A T I O N O F P R O P O S A L
A . S C O P E :
T h e b i d d e r s p r o p o s a l s w i l l b e e v a l u a t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h S p e c i a l P r o v i s i o n S P - 2 - 1 , " A w a r d o f C o n t r a c t , " a n d t h e
c o n s i d e r a t i o n s s e t f o r t h u n d e r t h i s p a r a g r a p h .
B . G E N E R A L :
I n e v a l u a t i n g t h e p r o p o s a l s , t h e O w n e r r e s e r v e s t h e r i g h t t o
s e l e c t t h a t p r o p o s a l w h i c h o f f e r s t h e g r e a t e s t a d v a n t a g e t o t h e
c i t y . F a c t o r s s u c h a s o x y g e n t r a n s f e r e f f i c i e n c y , p o w e r c o n s u m p t i o n , .
0 1 0 0 5 - 1
"
r .
r
WAYNE HARRINGTON
CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR II
DEPARTMENTOFPUBLIC WORKS
CITY OF SAN MATED
CALIFORNIA 94403 330 W. 20TH AVENUE
(415) 574-6790
5.0 B.
quality of material and equipment, and compatibility of proposed
aeration system with existing plant will be considered as a part of
the proposal evaluation process.
C. INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED WITH PROPOSALS:
•
As a minimum the following information shall be provided with
the proposal:
1. System Performance
a. Guaranteed oxygen transfer efficiency.
b. Guaranteed maximum air requirements at specific
• conditions.
c. Guaranteed blower/motor efficiency.
d. Guaranteed blower efficiency.
• e. Guaranteed blower performance curve.
2. Hardware
•
•
•
•
•
a. Type of fine bubble system including layout,
supports; material selection, connection to
existing system.
b. Blower layout including proposed modifications
to location where new blowers 1 and 4 are to be
installed; modifications to existing blowers 2,
3 and 5; modifications to existing air filtration
system; and electrical system changes.
D. MANUFACTURERS:
Provide the names of proposed manufacturers for:
a. Blower
b. Fine bubble diffusion system
c. Valves and operators
d. Dissolved oxygen probes
e. Microprocessor
E. SCHEDULE:
Provide a proposed construction schedule identifying the
construction sequencing', equipment delivery, start-up and testing.
**END OF SECTION**
01005-2
•
{
SECTION 01006
PROJECT LOCATION AND SITE ACCESS
1.0 SAN MATEO WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT
The San Mateo Wastewater Treatment Plant is located in the
City of San Mateo, San Mateo County, California. The site is
approximately 1 mile east and north of Highways 101 and 92,
respectively.
2.0 ACCESS TO THE SITE
Primary access to the wastewater treatment plant site is off
East Third Avenue onto Detroit Drive at the northern corner of the
plant property. A secondary access is from the easterly terminus
of Dale Avenue on the west side of the plant.
**END OF SECTION**
01006=1
SECTION 01010
OWNER'S PROJECT AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
1.0 DESCRIPTION OF OWNER'S EXISTING FACILITIES:
The City of San Mateo's water quality control plant (WQCP) is
an advanced secondary wastewater treatment plant designed to treat
a combination of domestic and industrial wastes. The average flow
to the WQCP during dry -weather conditions was estimated to be
13.6 mgd under design conditions. Current dry -weather flows
average 10.5 mgd.
Wastewater treatment processes used at the San Mateo WQCP
include primary sedimentation, activated sludge, secondary
sedimentation, and filtration. Raw waste discharged to the plant
can be segregated so that less saline wastewater can be treated
for water reuse purposes, and the wastewater of higher salinity
(from San Francisco Bay water infiltration into lower portions of
the collection system) can be treated and discharged separately.
Recycled liquors from the Zimpro sludge treatment system and
dewatering equipment are also treated in the high salinity (termed
"high chlorides") portion of the activated sludge system when the
wastewaters are segregated based upon salinity. Effluent criteria
for the predominantly dry, warm weather period of May through
September require that effluent 5 -day biochemical oxygen demand
(BOD5) and suspended solids average less than 10 milligrams
per liter (mg/1) and 8 mg/1, respectively. During the cooler,
relatively wet period from October through April, effluent criteria
has recently been modified to reflect ordinary secondary treatment
levels, namely 30 mg/1 BOD5 and 30mg/1 total suspended solids.
Oxygenation in the activated sludge aeration basins is currently
provided by means of tubrine aerators. There are four independent
aeration basins, each with two aeration cells. One platform -mounted
turbine mixer is located in the center of each aeration cell. Five
aeration air blowers are located in a blower room adjacent to the
aeration basins. One blower is ordinarily dedicated to providing
aeration air to each aeration basin, and one blower serves as
a spare.
2.0 OWNER'S PROJECT
A. GENERAL:
Under this project, the aeration system in the activated sludge
tanks shall be converted from submerged turbine to fine bubble.
However, the existing turbine aerators are to remain operable and
shall be isolated from the new fine bubble system. As a part of
this conversion, the following areas of the existing treatment
plant shall be modified: aeration tanks, blower room, switchgear
room, and instrument panel.
01010-1
1
"
2 . 0 B .
B . A E R A T I O N T A N K S :
" W o r k r e q u i r e d w i t h i n e a c h a e r a t i o n t a n k i s a s f o l l o w s :
d e m o l i s h i n g o f a n e x i s t i n g c o n c r e t e w a l l , c o n s t r u c t i n g a n e w
m a s o n r y w a l l , p r o v i d i n g f i n e b u b b l e d i f f u s e r e q u i p m e n t , m o d i f y i n g
d i s s o l v e d o x y g e n p r o b e l o c a t i o n s , a n d a d d i n g p i p i n g f o r h o s e
s t a t i o n s .
"
"
"
"
T h e e x i s t i n g a e r a t i o n b a s i n s s h a l l b e c o n v e r t e d t o o n e c o m p l e t e
m i x e d t a n k b y r e m o v i n g a n e x i s t i n g c o n c r e t e w a l l t h a t d i v i d e s e a c h
t a n k i n t o t w o a e r a t i o n c e l l s . A t t h e o u t l e t e n d o f e a c h t a n k , a
m a s o n r y b l o c k w a l l s h a l l b e c o n s t r u c t e d .
F i n e b u b b l e a e r a t i o n e q u i p m e n t s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d i n e a c h t a n k
a s s p e c i f i e d . T h e e x i s t i n g a i r s u p p l y p i p i n g f r o m e x i s t i n g b l o w e r s
i s f u s i o n e p o x y l i n e d s t e e l p i p e e i t h e r 1 2 - , 1 0 - , o r 8 - i n c h d i a m e t e r ,
d e p e n d i n g o n l o c a t i o n w i t h i n e a c h a e r a t i o n t a n k . T h e r e i s a n
e x i s t i n g b u t t e r f l y v a l v e o n e a c h o f t h e a i r s u p p l y p i p e s t o t h e
t u r b i n e a e r a t o r s . T h i s v a l v e i s p r e s e n t l y m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d t o
v a r y a i r f l o w t o e a c h a e r a t i o n c e l l . I n t h e c o n v e r s i o n , a i r
s u p p l y p i p i n g t o t h e f i n e b u b b l e s y s t e m h a s b e e n a s s u m e d t o b e
c o n n e c t e d t o t h e f i n e b u b b l e g r i d d o w n s t r e a m f r o m t h i s e x i s t i n g
v a l v e a t e a c h t u r b i n e a e r a t o r p l a t f o r m . S i n c e t h e t u r b i n e a e r a t o r s
a r e t o r e m a i n o p e r a b l e a s a r e d u n d a n t s y s t e m , t w o n e w v a l v e s s h a l l
b e p r o v i d e d a t e a c h c o n n e c t i o n t o t h e f i n e b u b b l e s y s t e m . T h e s e
v a l v e s s h a l l i s o l a t e t h e f i n e b u b b l e s y s t e m f r o m s u b m e r g e d t u r b i n e
a e r a t i o n s y s t e m .
O n e a d d i t i o n a l 2 - i n c h d i a m e t e r t a p i n t o t h e e x i s t i n g a i r s u p p l y
p i p e s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d a t t h e o u t l e t e n d o f e a c h a e r a t i o n t a n k .
T h i s t a p i s t o s u p p l y a i r t o t h e f l o c c u l a t i o n c h a m b e r f o r m e d b y t h e
c o n s t r u c t i o n o f t h e n e w m a s o n r y b l o c k w a l l . A i r s u p p l y t o f i n e
� b u b b l e d i f f u s e r s o n t h e b o t t o m o f t h e f l o c c u l a t i o n c h a m b e r s h a l l b e
c o n t r o l l e d b y m a n u a l l y o p e r a t i n g a v a l v e . A i r f l o w r e a d i n g s s h a l l
b e p r o v i d e d b y a n o r i f i c e p l a t e a n d m a n o m e t e r . L o c a t i o n o f
v a l v e , o r i f i c e p l a t e , a n d m a n o m e t e r s h a l l a l l o w e a s y a c c e s s b y
o p e r a t i n g p e r s o n n e l .
� E a c h a e r a t i o n t a n k p r e s e n t l y h a s o n e L e e d s & N o r t h r u p d i s s o l v e d
o x y g e n p r o b e f o r m e a s u r i n g r e s i d u a l d i s s o l v e d o x y g e n . F o u r n e w
p r o b e s a n d t r a n s m i t t e r s m a t c h i n g t h e e x i s t i n g u n i t s s h a l l b e
p r o v i d e d . T h e n e w t r a n s m i t t e r s s h a l l b e l o c a t e d a d j a c e n t t o
e x i s t i n g . H o w e v e r , t h e l o c a t i o n o f t h e p r o b e s s h a l l b e m o d i f i e d b y
r o u t i n g t h e c a b l e f r o m e a c h t r a n s m i t t e r t o b o t h t u r b i n e a e r a t o r
" p l a t f o r m s i n e a c h a e r a t i o n t a n k . T h e r e f o r e , t w o p r o b e r e c e p t a c l e s
s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d o n e a c h t u r b i n e a e r a t o r p l a t f o r m . I n c o n t r o l l i n g
a i r t o t h e a e r a t i o n t a n k s , t w o d i s s o l v e d o x y g e n p r o b e s w i l l b e
l o c a t e d s i d e b y s i d e o n e i t h e r t u r b i n e a e r a t o r p l a t f o r m . O n l y o n e
p r o b e t r a n s m i t t e r a s s e m b l y w i l l s u p p l y a n e r r o r s i g n a l t o t h e a i r
c o n t r o l s y s t e m a t a n y o n e t i m e ; h o w e v e r , t h e s e c o n d p r o b e w i l l b e
m e a s u r i n g d i s s o l v e d o x y g e n a n d w i l l b e u s e d t o c o m p a r e d i s s o l v e d
" o x y g e n v a l u e s . I f v a l u e s d i f f e r g r e a t l y , a n a l a r m w i l l b e g e n e r a t e d
a n d t h e c a u s e w i l l h a v e t o b e d e t e r m i n e d .
0 1 0 1 0 - 2
2.0 B.
•
•
•
•
There are no existing hose stations within the aeration tank
area. New piping shall be routed from an existing reclaimed water
pipe, located north and under a paved access road, to each of the
aeration platforms. The piping and hose bibbs shall be provided
prior to work within the aeration tanks. Water provided by the new
system will be used in initial cleaning of the tanks by the city.
C. BLOWER ROOM:
There are presently five 2450 scfm Lamson blowers located
in the blower room. Each blower is equipped with an air filter/
silencer, inlet modulating valve, 125 HP motor, discharge isolating
and check valves. The discharge piping from each aeration blower
can be routed directly to an aeration tank or it can be manifolded
and split to several tanks depending on aeration demand. The city
presently operates in the former mode. With the new fine bubble
system, the air from all blowers shall be manifolded and allowed to
flow to aeration tanks by demand.
Modifications to the blower room require replacing two of
the existing blowers with larger capacity units; retrofitting the
existing three blowers; providing new motors on existing inlet
valves, and installing new flow control valves on the air supply
piping to each aeration basin. Blowers 1 and 4 shall be replaced
with new 3000 scfm, 8.5 psig, 150 HP blowers. Existing blowers
1 and 4, including existing piping, valves, and hardware not
® incorporated into the work shall be removed, salvaged, and delivered
to the city. The new blowers shall be installed at the location
of the existing units. Modifications to piping, equipment base
pads, air filter/silencer housing, electrical routing/terminations
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as part of the unit
responsibility and performance requirements of this contract.
® Field verification shall be required prior to fabrication of
equipment necessary in the replacement of blowers 1 and 4.
New air filters shallbe provided for blowers 1 and 4 as well
as the three existing blowers. Filtering requirement is .3 microns
or less. For blowers 1 and 4, new housings shall be provided if
the existing housings cannot be modified for the larger filters
•
required to limit face velocity through the filters to the value
specified. For the remaining three blowers, the existing housings
shall be modified to accept the deeper filtering requirements
specified.
•
•
In addition to the filtering modification, the remaining three
blowers shall have their existing steel inlet and outlet elbows
replaced with synthetic molded rubber elbows of the same radius.
The existing check valves are presently leaking and the sealing
membranes shall be replaced. The existing bearings on the blowers
are grease lubricated and shall be replaced with oil -lubricated
type.
01010-3
"
2 . 0 C .
"
"
"
"
"
T h e e x i s t i n g b l o w e r i n l e t v a l v e s a r e m o t o r o p e r a t e d a n d
e l e c t r i c a l l y w i r e d t o s t o p a t a n y o n e o f s e v e n p o s i t i o n s t h a t a n
o p e r a t o r d e s i r e s . T h e s e v a l v e s s h a l l b e r e p l a c e d w i t h h e a v i e r d u t y
m o t o r o p e r a t o r s t h a t s h a l l b e d e r a t e d f o r c o n t i n u o u s m o d u l a t i n g
d u t y .
T o c o n t r o l a i r t o e a c h a e r a t i o n t a n k , f o u r n e w f l o w c o n t r o l
v a l v e s s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d , o n e o n e a c h a e r a t i o n t a n k s u p p l y p i p e .
T h e l o c a t i o n o f t h e v a l v e s i s i n t h e b l o w e r r o o m d o w n s t r e a m f r o m
t h e m a n i f o l d . V a l v e s s h a l l b e s i z e d f o r t h e a i r f l o w a n d d u t y
s p e c i f i e d , a n d t h e m o t o r o p e r a t o r s h a l l b e d e r a t e d f o r c o n t i n u o u s ,
m o d u l a t i n g s e r v i c e .
D . S W I T C H G E A R R O O M :
E l e c t r i c a l w o r k f o r t h i s p r o j e c t i s d e t a i l e d i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n
D i v i s i o n 1 6 . P o w e r s u p p l y t o t h e n e w b l o w e r 4 s h a l l b e c h a n g e d
f r o m M C C P 1 t o M C C P 4 . I n a d d i t i o n , n e w c o n d u i t a n d c a b l e s h a l l b e
p r o v i d e d f r o m t h e M C C t o b l o w e r s 1 a n d 4 .
E . I N S T R U M E N T P A N E L :
T h e e x i s t i n g a e r a t i o n c o n t r o l s y s t e m i s m a n u a l l y o p e r a t e d .
B l o w e r o u t p u t i s c h a n g e d i n r e s p o n s e t o d i s s o l v e d o x y g e n i n t h e
t a n k s o r i m p e n d i n g s u r g e . C h a n g e s a r e m a d e b y m a n u a l l y a l t e r i n g
t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e b l o w e r i n l e t v a l v e s t o o n e o f s e v e n p o s i t i o n s
f r o m a c o n t r o l s t a t i o n i n t h e i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l . B l o w e r s a r e
s t a r t e d o r s t o p p e d m a n u a l l y d e p e n d i n g o n a e r a t i o n d e m a n d .
U n d e r t h i s p r o j e c t , t h e b l o w e r s w i l l c o n t i n u e t o b e s t a r t e d
a n d s t o p p e d m a n u a l l y . H o w e v e r , t h e d i s s o l v e d o x y g e n a n d i n l e t
m o d u l a t i n g v a l v e s y s t e m s w i l l b e a u t o m a t i c a l l y o p e r a t e d . T w o
� m i c r o p r o c e s s o r s s h a l l b e i n s t a l l e d i n t h e i n s t r u m e n t p a n e l a n d
s h a l l c o n t r o l t h e d i s s o l v e d o x y g e n i n t h e a e r a t i o n t a n k s b y
m o d u l a t i o n o f t h e n e w f l o w c o n t r o l v a l v e s . A f e e d b a c k l o o p f r o m
t h e e x i s t i n g f l o w t u b e s s h a l l b i a s t h e s i g n a l . B l o w e r o u t p u t
s h a l l b e i n r e s p o n s e t o t h e m a n i f o l d p r e s s u r e , a n d b l o w e r p r e s s u r e
( o u t p u t ) s h a l l b e a l t e r e d b y a u t o m a t i c o p e r a t i o n o f t h e b l o w e r
i n l e t v a l v e s . I f t h e i n l e t v a l v e s a r e c l o s i n g a n d d e m a n d i n t h e
�
a e r a t i o n b a s i n s c o n t i n u e s t o d e c l i n e , i m p e n d i n g s u r g e w i l l b e
d e t e c t e d b y c o n t a c t m a k i n g a m m e t e r s o p e r a t i n g o n b l o w e r m o t o r
c u r r e n t a n d a n a l a r m s h a l l b e g e n e r a t e d . A b l o w e r i n t h i s c a s e
s h a l l b e m a n u a l l y s t o p p e d . I f a i r d e m a n d i n c r e a s e s a n d t h e
v a l v e s a r e w i d e o p e n , d i s s o l v e d o x y g e n w i l l d e c r e a s e a n d a s e t
p o i n t l o w d i s s o l v e d o x y g e n a l a r m s h a l l b e g e n e r a t e d . I n t h i s
"
c a s e , a b l o w e r i s m a n u a l l y s t a r t e d .
3 . 0 U N I T R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l c a u s e t h e s u p p l i e r o f t h e f i n e b u b b l e
d i f f u s i o n s y s t e m t o a s s u m e u n i t r e s p o n s i b i l i t y f o r t h e c o m p l e t e
" s y s t e m , i n c l u d i n g f i n e b u b b l e d i f f u s e r s , b l o w e r m o d i f i c a t i o n s ,
0 1 0 1 0 - 4
I►/i Valle" CONSTRUCTION COM , INC. t
..c.7,4„2/ED LEONE
^'DISTRICT MANAGER
Yr rif
OFFICE PHONE 364-9464
HOME PHONE 244-9086
RADIO 292-3351
UNIT 223
3.0
dissolved oxygen control system, switchgear and related electrical
modifications, air filtration system modifications, and all related
appurtenances and devices required to complete the fine bubble
diffusion system as shown and specified. This provision, however,
shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of his
responsibility for the work.
Under this unit responsibility requirement, the fine bubble
diffusion system supplier shall confirm the size of the aeration
system blowers, the configuration and number of fine bubble
diffusion units, the configuration of the instrumentation system
and the selection of all instrumentation components, the size
and configuration of all electrical components, the size and
characteristics of flow control valves, and all other components
necessary for a complete and operable system.
4.0 PERFORMANCE BONDS
Two performance bonds shall be provided to the Owner. The
first is to warrantee the workmanship and materials for a period of
1 year after completion and acceptance of the work set forth in
SP -2-4.1 of the Special Provisions.
A second performance bond shall be provided by the Contractor
as a condition precedent to acceptance of the work by the city.
The performance bond shall be for; the fine bubble aeration system
performance and shall be provided in a form acceptable to the
city. The time period for the fine bubble aeration system shall
be for a period of not less than 5 years. The performance bond
shall be by a surety licensed in the State of California.
**END OF SECTION**
01010-5
"
S E C T I O N 0 1 0 1 4
"
"
"
W O R K S E Q U E N C E
1 . 0 C O N T I N U I T Y O F P L A N T O P E R A T I O N S
A . G E N E R A L :
T h e e x i s t i n g w a s t e w a t e r t r e a t m e n t p l a n t i s c u r r e n t l y a n d
c o n t i n u o u s l y r e c e i v i n g a n d t r e a t i n g s e w a g e , a n d t h o s e f u n c t i o n s
s h a l l n o t b e i n t e r r u p t e d e x c e p t a s s p e c i f i e d h e r e i n . T h e C o n t r a c t o r
s h a l l c o o r d i n a t e t h e w o r k t o a v o i d a n y i n t e r f e r e n c e w i t h n o r m a l
o p e r a t i o n o f p l a n t e q u i p m e n t a n d p r o c e s s e s " . " -
B . B Y P A S S I N G :
B y p s a s i n g o f u n t r e a t e d . . o r - o n - t r e a t e d - s e w a g e - - t o - s u r f a c e
w a t e r s o r d r a i a n g e ` c b u r s e s p r o h i b i t e d - d u r i n g L c o n s t r u c t i o n 7 - - i I n
" t h e e v e n t a c c i d e n t a l b y p a s s i n g i s c a u s e d b y t h e C o n t r a c t o r ' s
o p e r a t i o n s , t h e O w n e r s h a l l i m m e d i a t e l y b e e n t i t l e d t o e m p l o y
o t h e r s t o s t o p t h e b y p a s s i n g .
P e n a l t i e s i m p o s e d o n t h e O w n e r a n d / o r e x p e n s e i n c u r r e d b y t h e
O w n e r a s a r e s u l t o f a n y b y p a s s c a u s e d b y t h e a c t i o n s o r i n a c t i o n
o f t h e C o n t r a c t o r , h i s e m p l o y e e s , o r s u b c o n t r a c t o r s , s h a l l b e b o r n e
i n f u l l b y t h e C o n t r a c t o r , i n c l u d i n g l e g a l f e e s a n d o t h e r e x p e n s e s
t o t h e O w n e r r e s u l t i n g d i r e c t l y o r i n d i r e c t l y f r o m t h e b y p a s s .
U n d e r t h e t e r m s o f d i s c h a r g e p e r m i t s i s s u e d t o t h e O w n e r , i n t h e
e v e n t a c c i d e n t a l b y p a s s i n g o c c u r s , t h e O w n e r i s l i a b l e f o r t h e
f o l l o w i n g p e n a l t i e s :
"
"
"
"
"
N P D E S P e r m i t N o . 0 0 3 7 5 4 1
C . S U B M I T T A L :
$ 1 0 , 0 0 0 p e r o c c a s i o n
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l s u b m i t a d e t a i l e d o u t a g e p l a n a n d t i m e
s c h e d u l e f o r o p e r a t i o n s w h i c h w i l l m a k e i t n e c e s s a r y t o r e m o v e
a t a n k , p i p e l i n e , c h a n n e l , e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t , e q u i p m e n t o r
s t r u c t u r e f r o m s e r v i c e . T h e s c h e d u l e s h a l l b e c o o r d i n a t e d w i t h
t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n s c h e d u l e a n d s h a l l m e e t t h e r e s t r i c t i o n s a n d
c o n d i t i o n s s p e c i f i e d i n P a r t I I I C o n s t r u c t i o n M e t h o d s o f t h e
s p e c i a l p r o v i s i o n s . T h e d e t a i l e d p l a n s h a l l d e s c r i b e t h e
C o n t r a c t o r ' s m e t h o d f o r p r e v e n t i n g b y p a s s i n g o f o t h e r t r e a t m e n t
u n i t s , t h e l e n g t h o f t i m e r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e s a i d o p e r a t i o n , t h e
n e c e s s a r y p l a n t , a n d e q u i p m e n t w h i c h t h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l p r o v i d e
i n o r d e r t o p r e v e n t b y p a s s i n g o f a s s o c i a t e d t r e a t m e n t u n i t s .
0 1 0 1 4 - 1
r
1.0 C.
The Contractor shall observe the following restrictions:
s
Systems or individual equipment items shall be isolated,
dewatered, decommissioned, deenergized, or depressurized
in accordance with the detailed outage plan and schedule.
The Engineer shall be notified in writing at least 1 week
in advance of the planned operation.
• **END OF SECTION**
•
•
•
•
•
01014-2
SECTION 01015
•
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
The Owner's operating personnel will be responsible for
operating the existing treatment plant throughout the execution of
this contract. Equipment presently installed in the treatment
• plant must be available to plant personnel at all times for use,
maintenance, and repair. If it is necessary in the course of
operating the plant, for the Contractor to move his equipment,
materials, or any material included in the work, he shall do so
promptly and place that equipment or material in an area which does
not interfere with the plant operation. The Contractor shall not
• adjust or operate serviceable or functioning equipment or systems
except as specifically required by this contract.
The existing treatment plant will remain in operation throughout
the execution of this contract. The Contractor shall schedule and
conduct his work to minimize necessary shutdowns and interference
with normal plant operations and maintenance.
•
•
•
•
The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing, in
accordance with Section 01014, two weeks in advance of the
time it is necessary to take out of service any existing tank,
pipeline, channel, electrical circuit, equipment or structure. The
Contractor shall be responsible for providing whatever temporary
piping, pumping, power, and control facilities as are required to
maintain continuous plant operation and complete treatment except
as otherwise specified. The integrity of existing plant utilities
shall be maintained by the Contractor at all times.
**END OF SECTION**
01015-1
•
SECTION 01020
PERMITS
1.0 GENERAL
The Contractor shall comply with conditions of all permits
issued by utility companies and regulatory agencies in connection
with all work under the contract. Permits are the responsiblity
of the Contractor to obtain. A building permit from the County
of San Mateo shall be obtained for electrical, mechanical and
structural work.
2.0 COST OF PERMITS
Contractor shall pay all charges imposed by utility company,
public agency, or regulatory agency, other than filing fees,
resulting from the permits listed above. Contractor shall be
responsible for conducting all tests and furnishing all materials,
equipment, and labor necessary for compliance with permits.
**END OF SECTION**
01020-1
SECTION 01060
• SAFETY AND HEALTH
1.0 GENERAL
Portions of the existing plant are exposed to wastewaters of
• varying degrees of treatment. Workmen involved in the removal,
renovation, or installation of equipment within the treatment plant
may be exposed to disease -producing organisms in wastewater. The
Contractor shall require his personnel to be inoculated for tetanus,
typhoid, diphtheria, and cholera as a minimum and to observe proper
hygienic precautions.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Solvents, gasoline, and other hazardous materials enter the
plant with incoming sewage, and, therefore, certain areas are
hazardous to open flame, sparks, or unventilated occupancy. The
Contractor shall take measures to assure his personnel observe
proper safety precautions when working in these areas.
**END OF SECTION**
01060-1
SECTION 01300
•
1.0 GENERAL
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
Where required by the specifications, the Contractor shall
• submit descriptive information which will enable the Engineer
to advise the Owner whether the Contractor's proposed materials,
equipment or methods of work are in general conformance to
the design concept and in compliance with the drawings and
specifications. The information to be submitted shall consist of
drawings, specifications, descriptive data, certificates, samples,
test results and such other information, all as specifically
• required in the specifications.
•
•
•
•
2.0 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and
completeness of the information contained in each submittal
and shall assure that the material, equipment or method of work
shall be as described in the submittal. The Contractor shall
verify that the material and equipment described in each submittal
conform to the requirements of the specifications and drawings.
If the information shows deviations from the specifications or
drawings, the Contractor shall, by statement in writing accompanying
the information, identify the deviations and state the reason
therefor. The Contractor shall insure that there is no conflict
with other submittals and notify the Engineer in each case where
his submittal may affect the work of another contractor or the
Owner. The Contractor shall insure coordination of submittals
among the related crafts and subcontractors.
The Contractor may authorize in writing a material or equipment
supplier to deal directly with the Engineer or with the Owner
with regard to a submittal. The Contractor, however, shall be
responsible for the accuracy and completeness of information
contained in all submittals.
3.0 TRANSMITTAL PROCEDURE
A. GENERAL:
Submittals regarding material and equipment shall be accompanied
• by Transmittal Form 01300-A specified in Section 01999. A separate
form shall be used for each specific item, class of material,
equipment, and items specified in separate, discrete sections, for
which the submittal is required. Submittals for various items
shall be made with a single form when the items taken together
constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related
• that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or
package as a whole.
01300-1
4.0
•
•
•
•
3. If the review reveals that the submittal is insuffi-
cient or contains incorrect data, copies will be. marked
"AMEND AND RESUBMIT". Except at his own risk, the
Contractor shall not undertake work covered by this
submittal until it has been revised, resubmitted and
returned marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE
CORRECTIONS NOTED".
4. If the review indicates that the material, equipment,
or work method is not in general conformance with the
design concept or in compliance withthe drawings and
specifications, copies of the submittal will be marked
"REJECTED - SEE REMARKS". Submittals with deviations
which have not been identified clearly may be rejected.
Except at his own risk, the Contractor shall not
undertake work covered by such submittalsuntila new
submittal is made and returned marked either "NO
EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED".
5.0 EFFECT OF REVIEW OF CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS
Review of drawings, methods of work, or information regarding
materials or equipment the Contractor proposes to provide, shall
not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors therein
and shall not be regarded as an assumption of risks or liability by
the Engineer or the Owner, or by any officer or employee thereof,
• and the Contractor shall have no claim under the contract on
account of the failure, or partial failure, of the method of work,
material, or equipment so reviewed. A mark of "NO EXCEPTIONS
TAKEN" or "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED" shall mean that the Owner has
no objection to the Contractor, upon his own responsibility, using
the plan or method of work proposed, or providing the materials or
• equipment proposed.
•
•
•
**END OF SECTION**
01300-3
3.0 B.
B. DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT:
• If the Contractor proposes to provide "or equal" material or
equipment which does not conform to the specifications and drawings,
he shall indicate so under "deviations" on the transmittal form
accompanying the submittal copies. He shall prepare his reason for
a change, including cost differential, and shall request a change
order to cover the deviations. He shall not proceed to order or
• install such material or equipment until he has a signed change
order from the Owner.
C. SUBMITTAL COMPLETENESS:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Submittals which do not have all the information required to be
submitted, including deviations, are not acceptable and will be
returned without review.
4.0 REVIEW PROCEDURE
When the contract documents require a submittal, the Contractor
shall submit the specified information as follows:
1. One reproducible original of all the submitted
information. When individual sheets in the submittal
exceed 8-1/2 inches x 11 inches, a sepia shall be
submitted.
2. No more than five copies of all'the submitted
information.
Unless otherwise specified, within 20 calendar days after
receipt of the submittal, the Engineer shall review the submittal
and return two copies of the marked -up reproducible original noted
in item 1 above. The reproducible original will be retained by
the Engineer. The returned submittal shall indicate one of the
following actions:
1. If the review indicates that the material, equipment
or work method is in general conformance with the
design concept and complies with the drawings and
specifications, submittal copies will be marked "NO
EXCEPTIONS TAKEN". In this event the Contractor may
begin to implement thework method or incorporate the
material or equipment covered by the submittal.
2. If the review indicates limited corrections are
required, copies will be marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS
NOTED". The Contractor may begin implementing the work
method or incorporating the material and equipment
covered by the submittal in accordance with the noted
corrections. Where submittal information will be
incorporated in O&M data, a corrected copy shall be
provided.
01300-2
SECTION 01400
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
QUALITY CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that
material, equipment and workmanship conform to the requirements
and level of quality as established by these specifications.
Quality assurance by the Contractor includes review of shop
drawings prior to submission in accordance with Section 01300,
inspection of materials and equipment at the time of delivery,
specific testing required by the specifications, field testing and
adjustments, and functional testing as described herein. Forms for
certification are included in Section 01999 and shall be provided
upon completion of the portion of the work being certified. Where
detailed testing and test reports are specified, the Contractor
shall submit, in accordance with Section 01300, an outline of the
testing procedures.
2.0 CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTAL REVIEW
The Contractor shall review the materials submitted in
accordance with Section 01300 for accuracy and completeness
of the information contained therein. The Contractor shall
be responsible for coordinating the submittals provided by
subcontractors and suppliers contracted to perform portions of
the work. Submittals specified for materials and for equipment
shall be incorporated into a single submittal for each system, as
appropriate. An incomplete submittal will be returned without
review; however, the basis for such action will be so stated.
Should more than three (3) submittals be required for material or
equipment, the additional costs for subsequent submittal review
shall be borne by the Contractor.
3.0 DELIVERY INSPECTIONS
Equipment and materials shall be inspected at the time of
delivery by the Contractor to determine compliance with the
contract documents and submittal information. In the event the
Contractor determines that materials delivered to the site are not
in compliance, they shall be removed from the site no later than
10 days after delivery.
• 4.0 FIELD TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS
•
A. GENERAL:
Equipment shall be tested and adjusted by the Contractor prior
to final acceptance by the Owner. Testing shall be performed by
01400-1
4.0 A.
the Contractor to demonstrate proper installation, alignment and
adjustment such that the equipment will perform as specified.
• Modifications, adjustments, or replacements necessary to achieve
the specified performance shall be performed at the Contractor's
expense. Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 7 days before
testing is performed.
•
•
•
•
At least 30 days before the time allowed in his construction
schedule for commencing testing and start-up procedures, the
Contractor shall notify the Owner of his intent to begin testing
and start-up procedures. Each control device, item of mechanical,
electrical, and instrumentation equipment, and control circuits
shall be considered in the testing procedures, which shall be
designed in a step-wise,,logical sequence to ensure that the
equipment has been properly serviced, aligned, connected,
calibrated, and adjusted prior to operation.
Testing procedures shall be designed to duplicate as nearly
as possible the conditions of operation and shall be carefully
selected to demonstrate that the equipment is operational and free
trom damage. Once the testing procedures have been accepted by
the Owner, the Contractor shall provide check-out alignment and
adiustment and calibration sign -off forms for each item of equipment,
which shall be used in the field by the Contractor to ensure that
each item of electrical, mechanical, and instrumentation equipment
has been properly installed and tested. Copies of the completed
sicn-off forms shall be submitted to the Owner in accordance
with Section 01300.
B. FACTORY -TRAINED REPRESENTATIVES:
Where required by the specifications, the Contractor shall
• provide for the services of qualified manufacturer's representatives
to assist in the testing and adjustment of individual items of
mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment.
•
•
•
The Contractor shall provide 30 days' written notice to
the Owner indicating the dates when the respective manufacturer's
representative will he on site for the purposes described herein.
Upon completion of the installation and instruction require-
ments above, the Contractor shall provide completed and signed
certifications. Certification forms are detailed in Section 01999.
C. FAILURE TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE:
When, under test, a portion of•the work fails to meet the
contract requirements, it shall be adjusted, altered, renewed, or
replaced. Tests on that portion, together with other portions
of the work as -.are affected thereby, shall be repeated within
01400-2
4.0 C.
reasonable time and in accordance with the specified conditions.
The Contractor shall pay to the Owner the expenses incurred by
the Owner as a result of repeating such tests.
Where, in the case of an otherwise satisfactory installed test,
a doubt, dispute, or difference should arise between the Owner
and the Contractor regarding the test results or the methods or
equipment used in the performance by the Contractor of such test,
the Owner may order the test to be repeated. If the repeat
test, using such modified methods or equipment as the Owner may
require, substantially confirms acceptable performance, the costs
in connection with the repeat test will be paid by the Owner;
otherwise the costs shall be borne by the Contractor. Where the
results of an installed test fail to comply with the contract
requirements for such test, then such repeat tests as may be
necessary to achieve the contract requirements shall be made by
the Contractor at his own expense.
5.0 FUNCTIONAL TESTING
In addition to the requirements for testing and inspections
cited above and elsewhere in these specifications, the Contractor
shall perform a functional performance test to show that
mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment when
operated as a system is capable of achieving the design
specifications. System tests shall not be performed until
all individual components have been successfully tested.
**END OF SECTION**
01400-3
SECTION 01540
SECURITY
The Contractor shall at all times be responsible for the
security of his facilities and equipment. The Owner will not
take any responsibility for missing or damaged equipment, tools,
or personal belongings.
**END OF SECTION**
01540-1
"
S E C T I O N 0 1 5 0 0
"
"
"
"
"
"
C O N T R A C T O R ' S U T I L I T I E S
1 . 0 O F F I C E
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l m a i n t a i n a s u i t a b l e o f f i c e a t t h e s i t e o f
t h e w o r k .
2 . 0 P O W E R
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l p r o v i d e p o w e r f o r c o n s t r u c t i o n a t t h e
p l a n t s i t e . H e s h a l l m a k e a r r a n g e m e n t s w i t h t h e e l e c t r i c a l u t i l i t y
a n d w i t h t h e O w n e r f o r p o w e r t a k e o f f p o i n t s , v o l t a g e a n d p h a s i n g
r e q u i r e m e n t s , t r a n s f o r m e r s a n d m e t e r i n g a n d s h a l l p a y t h e c o s t s a n d
f e e s a r i s i n g t h e r e f r o m . T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l p r o v i d e t h e s p e c i a l
c o n n e c t i o n s r e q u i r e d f o r h i s w o r k .
3 . 0 T E L E P H O N E
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l p r o v i d e t e l e p h o n e s e r v i c e a t h i s
c o n s t r u c t i o n s i t e o f f i c e . R a d i o - t e l e p h o n e s e r v i c e i s n o t
a c c e p t a b l e a s a s u b s t i t u t e f o r t e l e p h o n e s e r v i c e .
4 . 0 S A N I T A R Y F A C I L I T I E S
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l p r o v i d e t o i l e t a n d w a s h u p f a c i l i t i e s
f o r h i s w o r k f o r c e a t t h e s i t e o f w o r k . T h e y s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h
a p p l i c a b l e l a w s , o r d i n a n c e s , a n d r e g u l a t i o n s p e r t a i n i n g t o t h e
p u b l i c h e a l t h a n d s a n i t a t i o n o f d w e l l i n g s a n d c a m p s .
E x i s t i n g p l a n t s a n i t a r y f a c i l i t i e s a r e n o t a v a i l a b l e f o r
C o n t r a c t o r ' s u s e .
5 . 0 W A T E R
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l m a k e a r r a n g e m e n t s w i t h C A L W A T E R f o r t h e
i n s t a l l a t i o n o f a w a t e r m e t e r f r o m t h e w a t e r s u p p l y s y s t e m . T h e
"
C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l b e b i l l e d d i r e c t l y f o r t h e w a t e r u s e d .
"
"
* * E N D O F S E C T I O N * *
0 1 5 0 0 - 1
" i
"
S E C T I O N 0 1 5 6 0
E N V I R O N M E N T A L C O N T R O L S
1 . 0 S I T E M A I N T E N A N C E
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l k e e p t h e w o r k s i t e c l e a n a n d f r e e f r o m
" " r u b b i s h a n d d e b r i s . M a t e r i a l s a n d e q u i p m e n t s h a l l b e r e m o v e d f r o m
t h e s i t e w h e n t h e y a r e n o l o n g e r n e c e s s a r y . U p o n c o m p l e t i o n o f t h e
w o r k a n d b e f o r e f i n a l a c c e p t a n c e , t h e w o r k s i t e s h a l l b e c l e a r e d o f
e q u i p m e n t , u n u s e d m a t e r i a l s , a n d r u b b i s h t o p r e s e n t a c l e a n a n d
n e a t a p p e a r a n c e .
"
"
"
"
"
"
2 . 0 A I R P O L L U T I O N C O N T R O L
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l n o t d i s c h a r g e s m o k e , d u s t , a n d o t h e r
c o n t a m i n a n t s i n t o t h e a t m o s p h e r e t h a t v i o l a t e t h e r e g u l a t i o n s o f
t h e B a y A r e a A i r Q u a l i t y M a n a g e m e n t D i s t r i c t o r a n y o t h e r l e g a l l y
c o n s t i t u t e d a u t h o r i t y . H e s h a l l a l s o a b a t e d u s t n u i s a n c e b y
c l e a n i n g , s w e e p i n g , a n d s p r i n k l i n g w i t h w a t e r , o r o t h e r m e a n s a s
n e c e s s a r y . T h e u s e o f w a t e r , i n a m o u n t s w h i c h r e s u l t i n m u d o n
p u b l i c s t r e e t s , i s n o t a c c e p t a b l e a s a s u b s t i t u t e f o r s w e e p i n g o r
o t h e r m e t h o d s .
3 . 0 N O I S E C O N T R O L
B e t w e e n 7 : 3 0 p . m . a n d 7 : 0 0 a . m . , n o i s e f r o m C o n t r a c t o r ' s
o p e r a t i o n s s h a l l n o t e x c e e d l i m i t s e s t a b l i s h e d b y t h e C i t y o f
S a n M a t e o o r o t h e r a p p l i c a b l e l a w s o r r e g u l a t i o n s a n d i n n o
e v e n t s h a l l e x c e e d 7 5 d B A a t a d i s t a n c e o f 2 5 f e e t f r o m t h e
n o i s e s o u r c e .
* * E N D O F S E C T I O N * *
0 1 5 6 0 - 1
SECTION 01620
•
•
•
•
•
•
PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
1.0 GENERAL
Materials and equipment shall be shipped, handled, stored, and
installed by methods which will prevent damage to the items.
Damaged items will not be permitted as part of the work except in
cases of minor damage that have been satisfactorily repaired and
are acceptable to the Engineer.
2.0 PIPE
Pipe and appurtenances shall be handled, stored, and installed
as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipes with soft coatings such
as coal tar enamel, paint, or the like shall be stored to protect
the coating from physical damage or other deterioration and shall
only be handled with padded, wide slings. Pipes shipped with
interior bracing shall have the bracing removed only when
recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
3.0 EQUIPMENT
A. DEFINITION:
For the purpose of this section, equipment means any mechanical,
electrical, or instrumentation devices, and other items with
one or more moving parts requiring an electrical, pneumatic,
electronic or hydraulic connection.
B. PACKING AND MARKING:
All equipment shall be adequately and effectively protected
against damage from moisture, dust, handling, or other cause during
transport from manufacturer's premises to site. Each item or
package shall be clearly marked with the number unique to the
specification reference covering the item. Each separate
• portion of plant shall receive, as far as practicable, a fitting or
distinguishing mark which shall be shown on the packing lists.
•
•
The bearings of motors shall be relieved of load during
transport by means of jacks or some other method to prevent
Brinelling.
Stiffeners shall be used where necessary to maintain shapes
and to give rigidity. Parts of equipment shall be delivered in
assembled or subassembled units where possible.
01620-1
3.0 C.
C. IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT:
All equipment items and valves with an assigned equipment
number in this project manual shall have affixed to them in
a prominent location, a label or tag displaying the assigned
equipment number. Equipment item and valves lacking a number
shall have a similar tag providing a unique description of the
item. Markers shall be of stainless steel or aluminum, affixed
to the item in question with stainless steel fasteners or as
otherwise approved by the Engineer. Plastic tape labels will
not be acceptable.
D. STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT:
During the interval between delivery and installation, all
equipment to be incorporated into the project shall be stored
in enclosed, weathertight licensed commercial warehouses equipped
with fire detection and sprinkler systems. Environmental controls
such as heaters or protective encapsulation shall be provided to
ensure against condensation and moisture damage. In the event
prolonged (more than 90 days) storage is required for any item of
rotative equipment, the Contractor shall institute a preventive
maintenance program which shall include grease protection of bare
metal surfaces, periodic indexing of rotating parts, renewal
of grease in bearings and any procedures recommended by the
manufacturer. The Contractor shall maintain adequate records to
demonstrate full compliance with these requirements. All equipment
shall be available for inspection by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall obtain full coverage insurance covering
all stored equipment against loss due to fire, flood, and windstorm.
Evidences of insurance demonstrating compliance with this
requirement shall be filed with the Engineer.
E. PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT AFTER INSTALLATION:
After all installation, all equipment shall be protected from
damage, including but not limited to, dust, abrasive particles,
debris and dirt generated by the placement, chipping, sandblasting,
cutting, finishing and grinding of new or existing concrete,
terrazzo and metal; and the fumes, particulate matter, and splatter
from welding, brazing and painting of new or existing piping and
equipment. The Contractor is advised that as minimum, vacuum
cleaning, blowers with filters, protective shieldings, and other
dust suppression methods will be required at all times to adequately
protect all equipment. During concreting, including finishing, all
equipment that may be affected by cement dust must be completely
covered. During painting operations, all grease fittings and
similar openings shall be covered to prevent the entry of paint.
Electrical switchgear, unit substation, and motor load centers
01620'-2
3.0 E.
shall not be installed until after all concrete work and
sandblasting in those areas have been completed and accepted.
4.0 DELIVERY OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT
The Owner's personnel or representatives of the Owner will not
accept materials or equipment deliveries for the Contractor.
**END OF SECTION**
01620-3
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
" '
"
S E C T I O N 0 1 6 6 0
I N S T A L L A T I O N , T E S T I N G A N D C O M M I S S I O N I N G
P A R T 1 - G E N E R A L
1 . 0 1 D E S C R I P T I O N
T h i s s e c t i o n p r o v i d e s s p e c i f i c a t i o n s f o r t h e i n s t a l l a t i o n
a n d t e s t i n g o f a l l m e c h a n i c a l a n d e l e c t r i c a l s y s t e m s . A l l
c o m m i s s i o n i n g w o r k f o r t h e e q u i p m e n t i n s t a l l e d u n d e r t h i s
c o n t r a c t s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d b y t h e C o n t r a c t o r .
1 . 0 2 Q U A L I T Y A S S U R A N C E
A . I N S T A L L A T I O N :
A l l m e c h a n i c a l a n d e l e c t r i c a l e q u i p m e n t f u r n i s h e d u n d e r t h i s
c o n t r a c t s h a l l b e i n s t a l l e d i n c o n f o r m i t y w i t h t h e d e t a i l s s h o w n
a n d s p e c i f i e d a n d w i t h t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r e q u i r e m e n t s . S h o u l d a
m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s i n s t a l l a t i o n r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s c o n f l i c t w i t h s p e c i f i c
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s p r o j e c t m a n u a l , t h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l b r i n g t h e
m a t t e r t o t h e a t t e n t i o n o f t h e E n g i n e e r . A n y a d d i t i o n a l c o s t s
i n c u r r e d a r i s i n g o u t o f c h a n g e s a u t h o r i z e d b y t h e E n g i n e e r t o
a c c o m m o d a t e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s i n s t a l l a t i o n r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s w i l l b e
c o n s i d e r e d e x t r a w o r k . A n y c o s t s i n c u r r e d b y t h e C o n t r a c t o r
t h r o u g h f a i l u r e t o t i m e l y n o t i f y t h e E n g i n e e r o f a d i f f e r e n c e
b e t w e e n p r o j e c t m a n u a l a n d m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s i n s t a l l a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s
s h a l l b e b o r n e b y t h e C o n t r a c t o r .
B . T E S T I N G :
1 . G E N E R A L R E Q U I R E M E N T S : A l l m a t e r i a l s , e q u i p m e n t , a n d
w o r k i n c l u d e d i n t h i s c o n t r a c t s h a l l b e t e s t e d a n d i n s p e c t e d t o
p r o v e c o m p l i a n c e w i t h t h e c o n t r a c t r e q u i r e m e n t s . U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e
s p e c i f i e d , a l l c o s t s o f t e s t i n g , i n c l u d i n g t e m p o r a r y f a c i l i t i e s a n d
c o n n e c t i o n s , s h a l l b e b o r n e b y t h e C o n t r a c t o r . F o r t h e p u r p o s e o f
t h i s s e c t i o n , e q u i p m e n t s h a l l m e a n a n y m e c h a n i c a l , e l e c t r i c a l ,
i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n , o r o t h e r d e v i c e w i t h o n e o r m o r e m o v i n g p a r t s
o r d e v i c e s r e q u i r i n g a n e l e c t r i c a l , p n e u m a t i c o r h y d r a u l i c
c o n n e c t i o n . I n s t a l l e d l e a k a g e t e s t s a n d o t h e r p i p i n g t e s t s
s h a l l b e a s s p e c i f i e d . I n s t a l l e d t e s t s f o r e l e c t r i c a l a n d
i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n d e v i c e s a n d s y s t e m s s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h
D i v i s i o n s 1 6 a n d 1 7 .
N o t e s t s s p e c i f i e d s h a l l b e a p p l i e d u n t i l t h e i t e m t o b e t e s t e d
h a s b e e n i n s p e c t e d a n d a p p r o v a l g i v e n f o r t h e a p p l i c a t i o n o f s u c h
t e s t .
0 1 6 6 0 - 1
"
"
1 . 0 2 B . 1 .
T e s t s a n d i n s p e c t i o n s h a l l i n c l u d e : .
1 . T h e d e l i v e r y a c c e p t a n c e t e s t a n d i n s p e c t i o n s .
2 . T h e i n s t a l l e d t e s t s a n d i n s p e c t i o n s o f i t e m s a s
i n s t a l l e d .
T e s t s a n d i n s p e c t i o n s , u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d o r a c c e p t e d ,
s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e r e c o g n i z e d s t a n d a r d s o f t h e
i n d u s t r y .
T h e f o r m o f e v i d e n c e o f s a t i s f a c t o r y f u l f i l l m e n t o f d e l i v e r y
a c c e p t a n c e t e s t a n d o f i n s t a l l e d t e s t a n d i n s p e c t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t s
s h a l l b e , a t t h e d i s c r e t i o n o f t h e E n g i n e e r , e i t h e r b y t e s t s a n d
i n s p e c t i o n s c a r r i e d o u t i n h i s p r e s e n c e o r b y c e r t i f i c a t e s o r
" r e p o r t s o f t e s t s a n d i n s p e c t i o n s c a r r i e d o u t b y a p p r o v e d p e r s o n s o r
o r g a n i z a t i o n s . T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l p r o v i d e a n d u s e f o r m s w h i c h
i n c l u d e a l l t e s t i n f o r m a t i o n , i n c l u d i n g s p e c i f i e d o p e r a t i o n a l
p a r a m e t e r s , a n d s h a l l b e a c c e p t a b l e i n c o n t e n t t o t h e E n g i n e e r .
2 . D E L I V E R Y A C C E P T A N C E T E S T S A N D I N S P E C T I O N S : T h e
" d e l i v e r y a c c e p t a n c e t e s t s a n d i n s p e c t i o n s s h a l l b e a t t h e
C o n t r a c t o r ' s e x p e n s e f o r a n y m a t e r i a l s o r e q u i p m e n t s p e c i f i e d
h e r e i n a n d s h a l l i n c l u d e t h e f o l l o w i n g :
( a ) T e s t o f i t e m s a t t h e p l a c e o f m a n u f a c t u r e d u r i n g
a n d / o r o n c o m p l e t i o n o f m a n u f a c t u r e , c o m p r i s i n g
" m a t e r i a l t e s t s , h y d r a u l i c p r e s s u r e t e s t s , e l e c t r i c
a n d i n s t r u m e n t a t i o n s u b s y s t e m t e s t s , p e r f o r m a n c e
a n d o p e r a t i n g t e s t s a n d i n s p e c t i o n s i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h t h e r e l e v a n t s t a n d a r d s o f t h e i n d u s t r y a n d
m o r e p a r t i c u l a r l y a s d e t a i l e d i n i n d i v i d u a l c l a u s e s
o f t h e s e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s t o s a t i s f y t h e E n g i n e e r
t h a t t h e i t e m s t e s t e d a n d i n s p e c t e d c o m p l y w i t h t h e
r e q u i r e m e n t s o f t h i s c o n t r a c t .
"
"
( b ) I n s p e c t i o n o f a l l i t e m s d e l i v e r e d a t t h e s i t e o r t o
a n y a u t h o r i z e d p l a c e o f s t o r a g e i n o r d e r t h a t t h e
E n g i n e e r m a y b e s a t i s f i e d t h a t s u c h i t e m s a r e o f
t h e s p e c i f i e d q u a l i t y a n d w o r k m a n s h i p a n d a r e i n
g o o d o r d e r a n d c o n d i t i o n a t t h e t i m e o f d e l i v e r y ,
n o t w i t h s t a n d i n g t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f S e c t i o n 0 1 6 2 0 .
T o t h a t e n d , t h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d t o
r e m o v e a l l c o v e r i n g s , c o n t a i n e r s o r c r a t e s t o
p e r m i t t h e E n g i n e e r t o c o n d u c t h i s i n s p e c t i o n .
S h o u l d t h e E n g i n e e r f i n d , i n h i s o p i n i o n , i n d i c a t i o n
o f d a m a g e o r d e f i c i e n t q u a l i t y o f w o r k m a n s h i p ,
t h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l p r o v i d e t h e n e c e s s a r y
d o c u m e n t a t i o n o r c o n d u c t s u c h t e s t s d e e m e d
n e c e s s a r y b y t h e E n g i n e e r t o d e m o n s t r a t e
c o m p l i a n c e .
0 1 6 6 0 - 2
1.02 B.3.
3. INSTALLED TESTS AND INSPECTION:
• a. GENERAL: All equipment shall be tested by the
Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer before any facility
is put into operation. Tests shall be as specified herein and
shall be made to determine whether the equipment has been properly
assembled, aligned, adjusted and connected. Any changes, adjust-
ments or replacements required to make the equipment operate as
• specified shall be carried out by the Contractor as part of the
work.
b. PROCEDURES:
(1) GENERAL: Prior to receipt of any progress
payments in excess of 60 percent of the Contractor's lump sum bid
• for the work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, in
quintuplicate, details of the procedures he proposes to adopt for
testing and start-up of all equipment to be operated singly and
together, excepting when such procedures have been covered in the
specifications.
The procedures shall be divided into three distinct stages;
preoperation checkout, initial operation, and plant operational
tests. Testing procedures shall be designed to duplicate, as
nearly as possible, all conditions of operation and shall be
carefully selected to ensure that the equipment is not damaged.
Once the testing procedures have been reviewed by the Engineer,
• the Contractor shall produce checkout, alignment, adjustment and
calibration signoff forms for each item of equipment to be used in
the field by the Contractor and the Engineer jointly to ensure that
each item of electrical and mechanical equipment has been properly
installed and tested. The Contractor is advised that failure to
observe these precautions may place the acceptability of the
• subject equipment in question.
(2) PREOPERATION CHECKOUT: The procedures shall
incorporate all requirements of these specifications and shall
proceed in a logical, step -wise sequence to ensure that all
equipment has been properly serviced, aligned, connected,
• calibrated, and adjusted prior to operation. Preoperation checkout
procedures shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:
(a) Electrical system testing as specified
in Division 16.
• (b) Instrumentation testing as specified
in Division 17.
(c) Piping system pressure testing and
cleaning as specified in Division 15.
• (d) Alignment of equipment.
01660-3
1.02 B.3.b.(2)
(e) Preoperation lubrication.
(3) INITIAL OPERATION: Once all affected equipment
• have been subjected to the required preoperational checkout
procedures and the Engineer has witnessed and has not found
deficiencies i❑ that portion of the work, individual systems may
be started and operated under simulated operating conditions to
determine as nearly as -possible whether the equipment and systems
meet the requirements of.these specifications. Potable water,
• provided by the Contractor at his expense, shall be employed for
the testing of all liquid systems except gaseous, oil er chemical
systems. Test media for these systems shall either be the intended
fluid or a compatible substitute. The equipment shall be operated
a sufficient period of time to determine machine operating
characteristics, including temperatures and vibration; to observe
• performance characteristics; and to permit initial adjustment of
operating controls. When testing requires the availability of
auxiliary systems such as power, flushing or cooling water.or
control air which have not yet. been placed in service, the
Contractor shall provide acceptable substitute sources, capable
of meeting the requirements of. the machine, device or system, at
• no additional cost to the Owner. Disposal methods for test media
shall be subject to review by the Engineer.
If under test, any portion of the work should fail to fulfill
the contract recuirements and is adjusted, altered, renewed or
replaced, tests on that portion when so adjusted, altered, removed
• or -replaced, together with all other portions of the work as are
affected thereby, shall, if so required by the Construction Manager,
be repeated within reasonable time and in accordance with the
specified conditions. The Contractor shall pay to the Owner all
reasonable expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of repeating
such tests.
•
Once initial operation has been completed, all machines shall
be rechecked for proper alignment, realigned, if necessary, and '
doweled in place. All equipment shall be checked for loose
connections, unusual movement or other indications of improper
operating characteristics. Any deficiencies shall be corrected
• to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All machines or devices which
exhibit unusual or unacceptable operating characteristics shall be
disassembled and inspected. They shall then be repaired or removed
from the site and replaced at no cost to the Owner.
Test results shall be within the tolerances set forth in the
• detailed specification sections of this project manual. If no
tolerances have been specified, test results shall conform to
tolerances established by recognized industry practice. Where,
in the case of an otherwise satisfactory installed test, any doubt,
dispute, or difference should arise between the Engineer and the
Contractor regarding the test results or the methods or equipment
• used in the performance of such test, then the Engineer may order
01660-4
1.02 B.3.b.(3)
the test to be repeated. If the repeat test, using such modified
methods or equipment as the Engineer may require, substantially
confirms the previous test, then all costs in connection with the
• repeat test will be paid by the Owner, otherwise the costs shall be
borne by the Contractor. Where the results of any installed test
fail to comply with the contract requirements for such test, then
such repeat tests as may be necessary to achieve the contract
requirements shall be made by the Contractor at his expense.
• Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide at
no expense to the Owner, all power, fuel, water, utilities,
supplies, labor and all other necessary items and work required to
complete all tests and inspection specified in this section. The
Contractor shall provide at no expense to the Owner temporary
heating, ventilating and air conditioning for any areas requiring
• it in the case where permanent facilities are not complete and
operable at the time of installed tests. Temporary facilities
shall be maintained until permanent systems are in service.
All costs for water, fuel, power, and chemicals required during
this plant operational test shall be borne by the Contractor.
•
PART 2 - MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.01 MATERIALS
• A. INSTALLATION:
Materials employed in the installation shall conform to the
requirements of this project manual and the recommendations of the
equipment manufacturers. Where conflict exists between project
manual specifications and the manufacturer's recommendations,
the Contractor shall bring the matter to the attention of the
Engineer and request a resolution of the conflict. Any costs
incurred by the Contractor, through failure to timely notify the
Engineer of a conflict, shall be borne by the Contractor.
B. TESTING:
•
•
1. GAGES, METERS, RECORDERS AND MONITORS: Gages,
meters, recorders and monitors shall be provided by the Contractor
as required by the Engineer to supplement or augment the
instrumentation system provided under this contract to properly
demonstrate that all equipment fully satisfies the requirements
of this project manual. All devices employed for the purpose of
measuring the performance of the facility's equipment and systems
shall be specifically selected to provide a level of uncertainty
consistent with the variables to be monitored. All instruments
shall be recently calibrated, and the Contractor shall be prepared
at all times to demonstrate, through recalibration, the uncertainty
of all instruments employed for testing purposes. Calibration
01660-5
•
2.01 B.
•
•
•
•
•
•
procedures shall be in accordance with applicable standards of
ASTM, ISA and IEEE. The adequacy of all gages, meters, recorders
and monitors shall be subject to review of the Engineer.
2. RECORDS: The Contractor shall provide signoff forms
for all installed and operational testing to be accomplished
under this contract. The signoff forms shall be produced in
quadruplicate on pressure sensitive paper. Signoff forms shall
be provided for each item of mechanical, electrical and instru-
mentation equipment provided or installed under this contract
and shall contain provisions for recording relevant performance
data for original testing and not less than three retests.
Separate sections shall be provided to record values for the
preoperation checkout, initials of representatives of the equipment
manufacturers, the Contractor and the Engineer.
The Contractor shall maintain a master file of all equipment
signoff sheets, which shall be available for inspection by the
Engineer. Upon completion of testing, the Contractor shall furnish
the Engineer with the original and two copies of the signoff sheet
for each equipment item.
2.02 METHODS
A. INSTALLATION:
All equipment shall be installed by specialists properly
skilled in the trades and professions required to assure first-
class workmanship. Where required by detailed specifications,
the Contractor shall cause the installation of specific equipment
items to be accomplished under the supervision of factory -trained
installation specialists furnished by the equipment manufacturers.
The Contractor shall be prepared to document the skills and
training of all workmen engaged in the installation of all
equipment furnished either by the Contractor or the Owner.
B. TESTING:
Testing shall proceed on a step-by-step basis in accordance
• with the Contractor's written testing procedures. The Contractor's
testing work shall be accomplished by a skilled team of specialists
under the direction of a coordinator whose sole responsibility
shall be the orderly, systematic testing of all equipment, systems,
structures and the complete facility as a unit. Each individual
step in the procedures shall be witnessed by a representative of
• the Engineer.
During the plant operational testing period, equipment and
systems shall be operated, to the greatest extent practicable, at
conditions which represent the full range of operating parameters
as defined by this project manual.
•
01660-6
3.01
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PLANT OPERATIONAL TESTING
The duration of the new plant facilities' operational test
shall be 5 continuous successful days. Each day the new facilities
shall be operated for not less than 8 continuous hours. During
that period, the Contractor shall demonstrate the operation of
equipment and systems installed under this contract.
**END OF SECTION**
01660-7
SECTION 01700
• RESTORATION OF IMPROVEMENTS
1.0 STRUCTURES
The Contractor shall remove such existing structures, including
• curbs, gutters, pipelines and utility poles, as may be necessary
for the performance of the work and shall rebuild the structures
thus removed in as good a condition as found with the requirements
specified. He shall also repair existing structures which may be
damaged as a result of the work under this contract.
• 2.0 ROADS AND STREETS
Unless otherwise specified, roads and streets in which the
surface is removed, broken, or damaged, or in which the ground
has caved or settled during the work under this contract, shall be
resurfaced and brought to the original grade and section. Roadways
• used by the Contractor shall be cleaned and repaired. Before
resurfacing material is placed, edges of pavements shall be
trimmed back far enough to provide clean, solid, vertical faces,
and shall be free of loose material. Repair work shall conform
to the paving specifications.
• 3.0 CULTIVATED AREAS AND OTHER SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS
Cultivated or planted areas and other surface improvements
which are damaged by actions of the Contractor shall be restored as
nearly as possible to their original condition.
• Existing guard posts, barricades, and fences shall be protected
and replaced if damaged.
4.0 PROTECTION OF EXISTING INSTALLATIONS
The Contractor shall immediately correct or replace existing
• equipment, controls or systems which are damaged as a result of his
operations. Any damage to City property shall be repaired by the
Contractor to a condition better or equal to existing at the
Contractor's expense.
•
•
**END OF SECTION**
01700-1
•
SECTION 01720
RECORD DRAWINGS
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer one neatly and
legibly marked set of full-size sepia prints of all the contract
drawings showing the final location of piping, equipment,
electrical conduits, outlet boxes, and cables. Marking of the
drawings shall be kept current and shall be done at the time the
material and equipment are installed. These drawings shall be
available for inspection by the Engineer at all times. The sepia
prints to be used for this purpose will be supplied by the Owner.
Completed record drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer
prior to and as a condition precedent to final acceptance or, in
the case of substantially completed portions of the work, issuance
of a partial completion certificate.
**END OF SECTION**
01720-1
SECTION 01730
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
1.0 SCOPE
When specified, operating and maintenance information shall
be provided and shall consist of the names and addresses of the
manufacturer, the nearest representative of the manufacturer, and
the nearest supplier of the manufacturer's equipment and parts. In
addition, one or more of the following items of information will be
provided when specified.
1. Lubrication Information: This shall consist of the
manufacturer's recommendations regarding the lubricants to
be used and the lubrication schedule to be followed.
2. Control Diagrams: Diagrams shall show internal and
connection wiring.
3. Start -Up Procedures: These instructions consist of equipment
manufacturer's recommendations for installation, adjustment,
calibration, and troubleshooting.
4. Operating Procedures: These instructions consist of the
equipment manufacturer's recommended step-by-step procedures
for starting, operating, and stopping the equipment under
specified modes of operation.
S. Preventive Maintenance Procedures: These instructions
consist of the equipment manufacturer's recommended steps
and schedules for maintaining the equipment.
6. Overhaul Instructions: These instructions consist of the
manufacturer's directions for the disassembly, repair and
reassembly of the equipment and any safety precautions that
must be observed while performing the work.
7. Parts List: This list consists of the generic title and
identification number of each component part of the
equipment.
8. Spare Parts List: This list consists of the manufacturer's
recommendations of number of parts which should be stored
by the Owner and any special storage precautions which may
be required.
01730-1
SECTION 01999
REFERENCE FORMS
The forms listed below and included in this section are
referenced from other sections of the project manual:
Form No. Title
01300-A Submittal Transmittal Form
11000-A Manufacturer's Installation Certification Form
11000-B Manufacturer's Instruction Certification Form
11060-A Motor Data Form
16000-A Wire and Cable Resistance Test Data Form
16000-B Installed Motor Test Form
17000-A Loop Wiring and Insulation Resistance Test
Data Form
17000-B Control Circuit Piping Leak Test Form
17000-C Controller Calibration Test Data Form
17000-D Panel Indicator Calibration Test Data Form
17000-E Recorder Calibration Test Data Form
17000-F Signal Trip Calibration Test Data Form
17000-G Field Switch Calibration Test Data Form
17000-H Transmitter Calibration Test Data Form
17000-I Miscellaneous Instrument Calibration Test
Data Form
17000-J Individual Loop Test Data Form
17000-K Loop Commissioning Test Data Form
01999-1
01300-A. SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL FORM:
•
•
Date:
To:
Attention:
Submittal No:a
Contract No:
Spec. Section:
From:
• The following is transmitted for submittal review:
No. Date Copies Description/Equipment No.
S
•
We have verified that the material transmitted herein is in
compliance with the specifications:
• with no exceptions
except for the following deviations
No. Deviation
•
•
Contractor's Signature
• aSubmittal No. is xxxxx-yyz: xxxxx is the spec. section, yy is a
number for related submittals, and.z is a letter for submittal
iterations.
01999-2
•
11000-A. MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION FORM:
•
Contract No: Specification Section:
Equipment name:
Contractor:
• Manufacturer of equipment item:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The undersigned manufacturer of the equipment item described
above hereby certifies that he has checked the installation of the
equipment and that the equipment, as specified in the project
manual, has been provided in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and that the trial operation of the equipment item
has been satisfactory.
Comments:
Date Manufacturer
Signature of
Authorized Representative
Date Contractor
Signature of
Authorized Representative
01999-3
11000-B. MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION CERTIFICATION FORM:
•
•
•
Contract No.: Specification Section:
Equipment name:
Contractor:
Manufacturer of equipment item:
The undersigned manufacturer certifies that a service engineer
has instructed the wastewater treatment plant operating personnel
in the proper maintenance and operation of the'equipment designated
herein.
Operations Check List (check appropriate spaces)
Start-up procedure reviewed
Shutdown procedure reviewed
Normal operation procedure reviewed
• Others:
Maintenance Check List (check appropriate spaces)
• Described normal oil changes (frequency and type).
Described special tools required
Described normal items to be reviewed for wear
Described preventive maintenance instructions
Described greasing frequency and type
•
•
•
Others:
Date Manufacturer
Signature of
Authorized Representative
Date Contractor
Signature of
Authorized Representative
01999-4
11060-A. MOTOR DATA FORM:
• Equipment Name
•
•
•
•
Site Location
Nameplate Markings
Mfr
Volts
FLA
Time rating
LRA
Equipment
Number(s)
Mfr
Model Frame HP
Phase RPM Service factor
Freq Ambient temp rating °C
Design letter
(NEMA MG1-10.35) (NEMA MG -1.16)
KVA code letter Insulation class
The following information is required for explosionproof motors
only:
A. Approved by UL for installation in Class , Div
B. UL frame temperature code ; Group
(NEC Tables 500-2 and 500-2(b))
Atmosphere
The following information is required for high efficiency motors
only:
A. Guaranteed minimum efficiency at full load or NEMA
efficiency index
• (NEMA MG1-12.53b)
B. Nameplate or nominal efficiency
Data Not Necessarily Marked on Nameplate
• Type of enclosure Enclosure material
Temp rise °C (NEMA MG1-12.41,42)
Space heater included? Yes No; if Yes, watts volts
Type of motor winding overtemperature protection, if specified:
•
•
Use the space below to provide additional information on other
motor modifications, if specified:
01999-5
16000-A. WIRE AND CABLE RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Wire or Cable No.: Temperature, °F
Insulation
Resistance,
Location of Test - megohms
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
CERTIFIED Date
• Contractor's Representative
•
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-6
16000-B. INSTALLED MOTOR TEST FORM:
•
•
•
Motor Equipment Number
Equipment Driven
MCC Location
Date of test
Resistance: Ambient temperature °F
Insulation resistance phase -to -ground megohms:
Phase A , Phase B , Phase C
Current at Full Load:
Phase Current, amps
• Phase Current, amps
Phase Current, amps
Thermal Overload Device: Manufacturer/catalog S Amperes
Circuit breaker (MCP) setting:
•
Motor Nameplate Markings:
Mfr Mfr type Frame HP
•
•
Volts
Amps
Phase
Freq
RPM **Service factor
Ambient temp rating
° C
Time rating **Design letter
(NEMA 1-10.35) (NEMA MG -1.16)
Code letter Insulation class
**Required for 3 -phase squirrel cage induction motors only.
• CERTIFIED Date
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED Date
• Owner's Representative
01999-7
17000-A. LOOP WIRING AND INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST DATA FORM:
• Loop No.:
List all wiring associated with a loop in table below. Make
applicable measurements as indicated after disconnecting wiring.
•
Continuity
Resistancea
Insulation Resistanceb
Wire Panel Field Cond./ Cond./ Shield/ Shield/ Cond./ Shield/
No. Tie TB Cond. Shield Gnd. Cond. Gnd. Shield
• A -- (A/SH)
B (A/B) —
C (A/C) --
D (A/D) —
etc.
•
•
•
•
•
•
a. Continuity Test. Connect ohmmeter leads
between wires A and B and jumper opposite ends together. Record
resistance in table. Repeat procedure between A and C, A and D,
etc. Any deviation of +2 ohms between any reading and the average
of a particular run indicates a poor conductor, and corrective
action shall be taken before continuing with the loop test.
b. Insulation Test. Connect one end of a 500 volt
megger to the panel ground bus and the other sequentially to each
completely disconnected wire and shield. Test the insulation
resistance and record each reading.
CERTIFIED Date
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-8
17000-B. CONTROL CIRCUIT PIPING LEAK TEST FORM:
• Loop No.:
List tubing associated with loop in table below. Make applicable
measurements after isolating any air consuming pilots from circuit.
•
•
Tubing
Tube Equivalent Length Test Period
No. of 1/4 -Inch Coppera (seconds)
A
B
C
D
etc.
Permitted
Pressure Drop
(psi)b
Measured
Pressure Drop
(psi)
a. Convert actual tubing and air motor volume to
• equivalent 1/4 -inch copper tubing.
•
•
•
•
•
b. Pressure drop shall not exceed 1 psi per
hundred feet 1/4 -inch tubing per 5 seconds.
CERTIFIED Date
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-9
17000-C. CONTROLLER CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM:
•
Tag No. and Description:
Make and Model No.:
Input:
• Output:
•
•
•
PV
SP Reading
(0%)
• (50%)
(100%)
% Dev. Allowed:
•
•
•
CERTIFIED
PV Scale Calibration
% of Range
0
50
100
Input
% Deviation Allowed:
Serial No.:
Process Variable (PV) Scale:
Output Scale:
Expected
Reading
Actual
Reading
% Deviation
Connect output to PV for following tests:
Set Point (SP) Output Meter
Indicator Accuracy Accuracy Controller Accuracy
Expected Actual Expected Actual
% Irv. Reading Reading % Dev. Output Output % Lev.
0%
50%
100%
% Dev. Allowed:
WITNESSED
Contractor's Representative
Owner's Representative
01999-10
Da t e
Date
% Dev. Allowed:
17000-D. PANEL INDICATOR CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM:
• Tag No. and Description:
Make and Model No.:
Input:
• Scale:
PV Scale Calibration
•
•
•
•
•
•
Range:
Serial No.:
Expected Actual
% of Range Input Reading Reading % Deviation
0
50
100
% Deviation Allowed:
CERTIFIED Date
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-11
17000-E. RECORDER CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM:
• Tag No. and Description:
Make and Model No.:
Input:
♦ Scale:
♦
•
•
•
•
•
•
Chart:
Range:
Serial No.:
Expected Actual
% of Range Input Scale Reading Scale Reading % Deviation
0
50
100
% Deviation Allowed:
CERTIFIED Date
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-12
17000-F. SIGNAL TRIP CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM:
• Tag No. and Description:
Make and Model No.:
Input:
• Scale:
Set Point(s):
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Range:
Serial No.:
After setting set point(s), run signal input through entire range
and calculate deadband.
Set Point
CERTIFIED
Incr. Input Decr. Input Calc.
Trip Point Trip Point Deadband
WITNESSED
Contractor's Representative
Owner's Representative
01999-13
Date
Date
Required.
Deadband
17000-G. FIELD SWITCH CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM:
• Tag No. and Description:
Make and Model No.: Serial No.:
Input:
• Range:
Set Point(s):
Simulate process variable (flow, pressure, temperature, etc.) and
• set desired set point(s). Run through entire range of switch and
calculate deadband.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Incr. Input
Set Point Trip Point
Decr. Input Calc. Required
Trip Point Deadband Deadband
CERTIFIED Date
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-14
17000-H. TRANSMITTER CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM:
• Tag No. and Description:
Make and Model No.: Serial No.:
Input:
• Output:
Range: Scale:
Simulate process variable (flow, pressure, temperature, etc.) and
• measure output with appropriate meter.
Expected Actual
% of Range Input Output Output % Deviation
• 0
50
100
•
% Deviation Allowed:
•
•
•
•
CERTIFIED Date
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-15
17000-I. MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION TEST DATA FORM:
(For instruments not covered by any of the preceding test forms,
the Contractor shall create a form containing all necessary
information and calibration procedures.)
CERTIFIED Date
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-16
17000-J. INDIVIDUAL LOOP TEST DATA FORM:
• Loop No.:
Description: (Give complete description of loop's function
using tag nos. where appropriate.)
•
P&ID No.: (Attach copy of P&ID.)
•
•
•
•
a. Wiring tested:
(Attach test form 17000-A)
b. Instrumentation tubing/piping tested:
(Attach test form 17000-8)
c. Instruments calibrated:
(Attach test forms 17000-C through I)
d. List step-by-step procedures for testing loop
parameters. Test loop with instruments, including
transmitters and control valves, connected and functioning.
If it is not possible to produce a real process variable,
then a simulated signal may be used with the Construction
Manager's approval.
•
• CERTIFIED
•
Contractor's Representative
Date
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-17
17000-K. LOOP COMMISSIONING TEST DATA FORM:
• Loop No.:
a. Loop tested:
(Attach test form 17000-3)
b. Controlled or connected equipment tests confirmed:
c. Give complete description of loop's interface
with process.
•
•
d. With associated equipment and process in operation,
provide annotated chart trace of loop response to changes
in set points for verification of performance. This chart
should demonstrate 1/4 -amplitude damping as output adjusts
to set point change. Show set points, starting and
finishing times on chart, as well as any other pertinent
data.
Connect 2 -pen recorder to process variable (PV) and to
controller output. Use 1 inch/second chart speed.
Pen 1 - PV Connections:
• Pen 2 - Output - Connections:
•
•
•
•
CERTIFIED Date
Contractor's Representative
WITNESSED Date
Owner's Representative
01999-18
DIVISION 11
EQUIPMENT
Section Title
11000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT
11020 VIBRATION LIMITATIONS
11060 ELECTRIC MOTORS
11255 FINE BUBBLE DIFFUSION EQUIPMENT
11384 MULTISTAGE CENTRIFUGAL AERATION AIR BLOWERS
7 in
„ I U 0 1' : 11 III ,1l� 11 t;1
,f I: .1),I: (1 (1 (Iii: !,: (11
,II ' r) Ill I) 1'i 111
11 (1 in 1!
1,1 ri) _I O m 11 11
iI, in 1:: n I In 11 111 • (11 I1, of C. I' rl
nl r n -•.I - n1 .0 11 , :1 U -.. , If),
.0 -.1 1)' l "I it; ! (U rU '1'I rn "1 In
I,' Ill 11) 1:: tl' I • I 'r1 1' 1I) III 11 t: 111
II) 1n Ip I1. 01 ,I) I". 111 ..1 .-1 I' 'I I I I f1
..I •rl 111 1_1 III ;. - fi t I I (3 m (0 Cl. n)
11 • 1a (I .. -I 111 I : ul 'r 1
11 Ill •11 al O :-.4)' 11 1. 1 ' t1 CI III (I (1) -,1
111 til(' -.1 111 1, t: 11.I, 1) 'III II 11 :-
t 1 (1 ,) ti -.I fill al 1 t: I) fl
III-. l 111 I 1 III '_t 1! Ill IU ..fie ry.1 IU 11
I a I! :1 p. f C 1 I' rig ,: in
• .1 (I 11 I I.
•� C 111•• i 11 IV (+ ri, t: It 1: 4) 11 f I.
11-' 1 111 11 l! n1 f11 •. 1 1I .. .1 t:i O O 11, 11. 111 O ( I
3: F' '1) ...I 1, 1.1 (1, 11. ".:I %' I :1 Ill U I
(11 (I) 11) •-1 I1) nt 1": - .1 ...I In •-I 41 1n nt
I.1 A, 1n r :' al. -1 (. (I, : I .I I O IP In 'Ti
-r ... 1 .I' I 1 f 1 .. 1 . 1 , i I I• : III ill 111 C:
01 ,I ill ,It I''r1 1n N I 1I Il . n1
11 1 I )' I I 11, I' II II 11 in 1.11n. ;II
(1) r: ill - In .-1 11 (1)
(ti 11 O In II I: ..1 r) I:: 1;: lu I1._I . ,.I 111 r1
0 ('t I, C 11 •. .1 In II 1' I I t 11 111 .1 ill
C.1 I:. ..I I : 1n (1 n1 .I I 1 : ' I t: N (1 41
' N i •
t1 01 '1 I : •. I i I. I I Ill t : 1I) 10 - 1 In i ll I) (l UI
.-1 (I) 11 U .: In C t: 11 U y II ... 1 1I
,-I 61 nl .1 1. ) (: 1' ill -- I U nt }, tlt I n 111 Il ill:
) 111
(: if::
- (I). ., Ii '(1 O 1. di t : nt III
f,1 ql nl �: I. ,1 - 11 'I, •1) II (I, 11 t V
(3 3: h11f1 I) 1' .. i ., [: u1 r' y.1 ' •i I:i ,. I 1) 1:
,-1 PI ..a 17 1' rl III ') n [ q) •I I n' U (1 C '1 q)
I -I n: ill III A, 11' r! (I 11'11 1l rt r1 II 1r III [:
() 1..1 l : 'fr Fj 4) I 1 n1 n1 (1. .4 I 1 n1 n1 �a 1n () ()
(.I Li 11 i 11111 •n . ..I 1I I1 I -t .. (1 III nI 111 II
IA ( x nt - .' fit 111' t' '1 111 01 in f CJ 1'
11I In '1 1n )i rn .Il 11'41 III t: 11 IP In t: - j1
n: (Il ,.. 1 I V. 1 41 I : 1! 1n r: I) i , (I , I 1: C: 111 (1) II) I i
111 i) .. 1 Ill :1 11 -. 1 . I ,1 .. , d; 11 I l
'II 111 fit 1 1 11 . -1 11 . ..I 11 ' , 'a r: C. C
.i; •.. 1 In I I I(I ..I (1 nl I • nl 'l I •11 ..I nl :III '11 1 ) n' nl n1
(Y f11-: (1-., ,1:: 11111 :I q'»'. -I w 'I i: ._I I
1:1 N f1 N� •. n1 '!1 '\1 '1 4 • I, 'a • I 1 UI . n.' (I .n 1.1
I lr.l (I. I -I Il 1 I 11 11 (l l.' 1) ()
PI In In t: nl I I (n •-1 ni ,) 1' I I , 1 'a l ) l l 'l I 1 : ",
(1 ..1 Ill C.I 4) 1•. 1:-•-, 1, • I t: nt ri. I) 11-.111 •
.. :I C : 1n 3: fi is 1-I II ll fit nl rI III In 1, ql (U n1 1U •I1
▪ f c1 . .. •1; 111 . r,fill (1) 111 (3, ,t : , .! f) .r: - .-1 { .•, (1. r:
(1. -1 (1 1') 111' -1 11) _ ; rn t , 1P �. •-, 1• 0 1 t 1' 11: 111 I) .- 1 4l
PI 11 I• Sl is ,"11 . )1 4' :1 It 111 t: 11 I ), 1. 1, 11
n 1; I-, •1, al di ,: I I ' If) f i. 1 I n I I I• I I I, [: f1
f•1 1•1 1n •. 1 )_I 9. 1, r (i ,nIli( I 11 L. V. .1 .2 I: :I 1n :II (n t:
t7 n1 Il l .- I III I, 11 1' 1, 11 11, 111. .1 nt .1 (1 , u) .1 11 (I
() ' tI •p; .t, nt (I C :- t 111 n1 .1 t:• 11•t! tl 11 ,: . .1
1.) 0 Ill _ '1.1 •- I I' In I.: 1, .11 t: ,' t: In (n IU nl 11
ft) .. 1.. I IM OI C. O 111 (, .1 !• I I:. .1 1n. • I .-.1'I, 1: r (I
t: tit l: •! V al A,- .1 U nt • • 1 nt In L: 41 InY1 i lI 1U
j_I.. 1 .t; I, U'Il 'l in I) .1: ,/ l! 1P In G1 ...t 1: 111 (It: t1 ril
I, .., r1 11 1: I: :1 (1 ..1 1 ...1 u1 ,1 t1 -.1 111
PI n1 • . (1 C n1 11 :-.'r I I)
,II ul •t I 11
• e, • 11. i ). 1➢ nI 41 41 I 1 ,11 '11 : , I) (I. C: ql
II. .-1 111 .-I :'I • I r '11 11 111 t j /11 Ill 1! Ill n1 ,11 Il ft.
11
r:
(p0
(1,
f= 'n
1, :11 O
n1 t1' tl (n
1 1' ,1 Ill C
(1 •.a
. -..I 1' '• li
01 11) ) l '1
1. 1
S! 'Cl
3., I (1)
.. .' 1 ..:1 Ill
• 1; f•, q/ 1 ! 111
11 I ll
I' -11, 1::
: }1 In 1U Ifl
I I n: Cl) 1_) I,
I" I.' nl I.
I ), m m ._ In In
. ..1 I Jl .. 1
.t tP n/ :1 (.2 ::
1:11
I.'.f, ...1 U
.-) I1 !T m rn
r! n1 (i
r) t n 1_1
,.I n1
01 Fl
rn "/
I I n1 t i
in 'q 1
..l . .- P, 4111C'
'I.I II Ill I: (! _-
'il IJ N :-',: {1 . .-1 in
- .1 t -: - 1/ 11 r: -'
Cl '1.I 1 .-1 c: -1 r,)
t - nil nl n1 3. 111 nl ,
41) • - . .1 n1 Il, Y,, I Il
..I II) 111) I-1 I1, III
IJ I n: ...1 I; !1!
(1 fit ...i 41,1 nI u1 ,r: • r1
•1 12 'rl r Ill 111
I11 in }, 1.1 ( 'I 1•) 1J
• I tit A' tq t)
a) 1.! r! _it
: I.1 tI It t{I
C: •.1 'I In In 1
,)
D. 3: rn 1t! '-1 (1 .-I I,
•
n1 11,
( •t :1
:
(l - Ill '(1
1:
I. 111 l' lit
: ti n.
(I Lt.: 1-1 n) Ill
.• 1 I ' !I! C Ill
lit . ..r.r•1 ... I In i1 tit 1.1, II .11
) ..' IY: .4 ..I :
- I 1 : 1,
N rI .-' I - (1.
,_ '-1 n1 (I
:1 .-I .-1 .-' CI e1; (.1 (11 nl
I .1 •- I:
C :t il t
• p 1,
1 l! 1.!
• • • • • • • • • • •
1.03 A.
•
Bearing housings shall be wrapped or otherwise sealed to
prevent contamination by grit and dirt, and ventilation and other
types of openings shall be taped closed.
Damage shall be corrected to conform to the requirements
of the contract before the assembly is incorporated into the work.
The Contractor shall bear the costs arising out of dismantling,
inspection, repair and reassembly.
• B. FACTORY APPLIED COATINGS:
•
Each item of equipment shall be shipped to the site of the
work with either the manufacturer's shop applied prime coating or
an alkyd enamel prime coating. The prime coating shall be applied
over clean dry surfaces in accordance with the paint manufacturer's
recommendations. The prime coating will serve as a base for
field -applied finish coats.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
• 2.01 FLANGES AND PIPE THREADS
•
•
Flanges on equipment and appurtenances provided under this
section shall conform in dimensions and drilling to ANSI B16.1,
Class 125. Pipe threads shall conform in dimension and limits of
size to ANSI B1.1, coarse thread series, Class 2 fit.
Threaded flanges shall have a standard taper pipe thread
conforming to ANSI B2.1. Unless otherwise specified, flanges
shall be flat faced.
Flange assembly bolts shall be heavy pattern, hexagonal head,
carbon steel machine bolts with heavy pattern, hot pressed,
hexagonal nuts conforming to ANSI B18.2.1 and B18.2.2. Threads
shall be Unified Screw Threads, Standard Coarse Thread Series,
Class 2A and 2B, ANSI B1.1.
• 2.02 BEARINGS
Unless otherwise specified, equipment bearings shall be oil or
grease lubricated, ball or roller type, designed to withstand the
stresses of the service specified. Each bearing shall be rated in
accordance with the latest revisions of AFBMA Methods of Evaluating
• Load Ratings of Ball and Roller Bearings. Unless otherwise
specified, equipment bearings shall have a minimum L-10 rating life
of 50,000 hours. The rating life shall be determined using the
maximum equipment operating speed.
•
11000-2
2.02
Grease lubricated bearings, except those specified to be
factory sealed and lubricated, shall be fitted with easily
• accessible grease supply, flush, drain and relief fittings.
Extension tubes shall be used when necessary. Grease supply
fittings shall be standard hydraulic alemite type.
Oil lubricated bearings shall be equipped with either a
pressure lubricating system or a separate oil reservoir type
• system. Each oil lubrication system shall be of sufficient size
to safely absorb the heat energy normally generated in the bearing
under a maximum ambient temperature of 60 degrees C and shall be
equipped with a filler pipe and an external level indicator gage.
2.03 COUPLINGS
•
•
•
•
Unless otherwise specified in the particular equipment sections,
equipment with a driver greater than 1/2 HP, and where the input
shaft of a driven unit is directly connected to the output shaft
of the driver, shall have its two shafts connected by a flexible
coupling which can accommodate angular misalignment, parallel
misalignment and end float, and which cushions shock loads and
dampens torsional vibrations. The flexible member shall consist of
a tire with synthetic tension members bonded together in rubber.
The flexible member shall be attached to flanges by means of
clamping rings and cap screws, and the flanges shall be attached
to the stub shaft by means of taperlock bushings which shall give
the equivalent of a shrunk -on fit. There shall be no metal -to -
metal contact between the driver and the driven unit. Each
coupling shall be sized and provided as recommended by the coupling
manufacturer for the specific application, considering horsepower,
speed of rotation, and type of service.
Where torque or horsepower capacities of couplings of the
foregoing type is exceeded, Thomas -Rex, Falk Steel Flex, Woods, or
equal, couplings will be acceptable provided they are sized in
accordance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations and
sizing data are submitted. They shall be installed in conformance
to the coupling manufacturer's instructions.
• 2.04 GUARDS
•
•
Exposed moving parts shall be provided with guards which meet
the requirements of CAL/OSHA. Guards shall be fabricated of
14 -gage steel, 1/2-13-15 expanded metal screen to provide visual
inspection of moving parts without removal of the guard. Guards
shall be galvanized after fabrication and shall be designed to be
readily removable to facilitate maintenance of moving parts.
Reinforced holes shall be provided. Provisions shall be made to
extend lube fittings through guards.
11000-3
2.05
2.05 PRESSURE TAPS, TEST PLUGS AND GAGES
Pressure taps with plugs shall be provided on the suction and
• discharge sides of blowers.
2.06 LUBRICANTS
•
•
•
The Contractor shall provide for each item of mechanical
equipment a supply of the lubricant required for the commissioning
period. Lubricants shall be of the type recommended by the equip-
ment manufacturer and shall be products of the Owner's current
lubricant supplier. The Contractor shall limit the various
types of lubricants by consolidating them, with the equipment
manufacturer's approval, into the least number of different types.
Not less than 90 days before the date shown in his construction
schedule for starting, testing and adjusting equipment, the
Contractor shall provide the Owner with three copies of a list
showing the required lubricants, after consolidation, for each item
of mechanical equipment. The list shall show estimated quantity
of lubricant needed for a full year's operation, assuming the
equipment will be operating continuously.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
• Equipment shall be provided and tested within the tolerances
recommended by the equipment manufacturer. -In addition, equipment
provided under the specification sections listed below shall be
installed and tested under the direction of installers who have
been trained by the equipment manufacturer. This requirement;
however, shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of his
overall responsibility for this portion of the work. Forms 11000-A
and 11000-B specified in Section 01999 shall be completed and
provided to the Engineer.
Section Title
11255 Fine Bubble Diffusion Equipment
11384 Multistage Centrifugal Aeration Air Blowers
•
•
3.02 TESTING
Items of equipment specified in this division shall be tested
as required in each section and in accordance with Division 1.
**END OF SECTION**
11000-4
•
SECTION 11020
VIBRATION LIMITATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
® This section specifies vibration limitations for rotating
mechanical equipment. Field testing and vibration measurements
shall be taken when specified.
1.02 VIBRATION LIMITATIONS
A. GENERAL:
Vibration frequencies shall span the range from 5.0 to 5000 Hz.
Where specified, measurements shall be obtained while the installed
equipment is operating within the specified speed range.
B. CENTRIFUGAL:
1. MACHINES WITH ANTIFRICTION BEARINGS: Unless otherwise
specified, centrifugal machines with antifriction bearing shafts
shall not exhibit unfiltered RMS readings for vibration velocity in
excess of 0.10 inch per second. Velocity measurements shall be
• taken on one point of each bearing housing of motor, gear unit and
driven equipment, and one point axially on the driven equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
• 2.01 SENSORS AND ANALYZER
The vibration analyzer shall be a vibration signature check
instrument with built-in hard copy printer. Microprocessor
controlled, the unit shall automatically record a complete narrow.
band vibration signature from 600 to 600,000 cpm. The printout
• shall include engineering units, filter bandwidth setting, as well
as amplitude and frequency scale values. The analyzer shall also
be capable of plotting overall (filter out) amplitude vs. time and
bearing spike energy amplitude vs. time hard copy records of the
mechanical condition of rolling element bearings and gears.
Appropriate transducers shall be provided that are compatible
with the vibration analyzer.
•
11020-1
3.01 A.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
• 3.01 FIELD TESTING
A. GENERAL:
The Contractor shall test equipment listed in paragraph
3.01 B to verify performance within specified vibration limits.
• Measurements shall be recorded on tape as equipment signatures
and provided to the Engineer.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Measurements on single- and two -speed equipment shall be
made at the specified operating speed(s). Measurements on
variable speed equipment shall be made at a minimum of four
points: minimum, 1/3 maximum, 2/3 maximum, and maximum speed.
B. EQUIPMENT:
Field vibration testing shall be required for the following
equipment:
Equipment
name
Blowers 1 through 5
C. TEST METHODS:
Specification
section
Vibration monitoring
Temporary Permanent
11384 x
1. TEMPORARY VIBRATION MONITORING: Test method for
blowers without permanently mounted vibration transducers is
as follows:
a. Notify Engineer at least 1 week prior to testing
and indicate where and how vibration measurements
will be taken and recorded.
b. Measure and record filtered vibration data relating
velocity vs. frequency for each bearing housing.
Measure and record unfiltered data and bearing
spike energy data at each location.
c. Summarize vibration data by equipment and include
summary statement of compliance with these specifi-
cations as well as a copy of the signature tapes.
d. Measure and record axial velocity at the outboard
bearing of each blower.
**END OF SECTION**
11020-2
SECTION 11060
ELECTRIC MOTORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
This section specifies alternating current induction motors,
200 horsepower or less, to be provided with the driven equipment.
The motors are constant speed, high efficiency in frame sizes 48
to 449.
•
•
e
I
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Motors shall be built in accordance with UL 674, UL 1004,
NEMA Standard MG1, and to the requirements specified.
1.03 PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
The following information is to be provided:
1. "Motor Data" Form No. 11060-A in Section 01999. A
separate motor data form shall be provided for motors
1/2 HP and greater.
2. Motor outline, dimensions and weight.
3. Manufacturer's general descriptive information relative
to motor features.
4. Operating and maintenance information specified in
Section 01730, items 1, 2, 3, 5 and 9. Provide item 6,
Overhaul Instructions, for each motor 5 horsepower and
over.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
Unless otherwise specified, motors shall have a NEMA design
letter B torque characteristic as described in NEMA MG1-1.16. The
insulation shall be nonhydroscopic.
2.02 MOTORS 1/2 HORSEPOWER THROUGH 200 HORSEPOWER
A. GENERAL:
Motors 1/2 horsepower through 200 horsepower shall be 3 phase,
squirrel cage, induction motors designed for 460 volt, 60 Hz
operation.
11060-1
2.02 A.
Motor enclosure, rpm, horsepower and modifications (if any)
are specified in the specific equipment specification section.
B. TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN COOLED MOTORS:
1. GENERAL: Totally enclosed fan cooled (TEFC) motors
with frame sizes 182 and larger shall have cast iron frames and end
shields. Smaller frames shall be constructed of rolled steel with
cast metal end shields. Motors shall be provided with condensation
drain holes. Frame sizes 286 and larger shall have an automatic
breather/drain device provided in the drain hole.
2. ENERGY EFFICIENT, SEVERE DUTY MOTOR: The TEFC energy
efficient motor shall have a Class F insulation with a service
factor of 1.15. Internal surfaces shall be coated with a corrosive -
resistant epoxy paint. Motors shall be designed to comply with the
minimum nameplate efficiency in Table A. The efficiency shall be
as determined by the dynamometer test method, IEEE 112, Method B.
Energy efficient, severe duty motors shall be Reliance, Duty -
Master, XE; Baldor Super -E; or equal.
Table A, Minimum Nameplate Efficiency
Speed, rpm
HP range 1200 1800 3600
1-2 86 81 81
3-5 89 88 86
7-25 - 90 90 89
30-60 92 93 92
75-200 94 - - 95 94
C. CONDUIT BOXES:
Conduit boxes shall be provided with threaded hubs. Motors
shall be furnished with neoprene gaskets at the base of the conduit
box and between the halves of the conduit box. Motors shall have
a grounding lug located within the box for the raceway ground
connection.
D. OVERTEMPERATURE:
Motors shall have heat sensors wired in the armatures and a
method for detecting overheating. If overheating does occur, the
motor shall shut off.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Winding insulation resistance testing shall be performed as
specified in Section 16000.
**END OF SECTION**
11060-2
SECTION 11255
• FINE BUBBLE DIFFUSION EQUIPMENT
•
•
•
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies the aeration tank fine bubble diffusion
equipment.
B. TYPE:
Fine bubble diffusers shall be the porous ceramic -bonded
aluminum oxide type.
C. SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY:
The equipment specified in this section and listed in paragraph
11000-1.02 B shall be supplied and guaranteed by the single
supplier. The sizes and capacities required to satisfy the
warranty shall be the responsibility of the supplier.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
1. GENERAL: The specified equipment shall be designed
to supply diffused air to the aeration tanks for two purposes:
® (1) removal of carbonaceous BOD and (2) mixing.. Air rates to each
tank will be varied to maintain the desired mixed liquor dissolved
oxygen concentration.
•
•
•
Aeration diffusion equipment shall be provided for four
aeration tanks. Each tank is nominally 120 feet long and 60 feet
wide. There are two turbine aerators in each tank, and they shall
remain as backup to the fine bubble diffusion equipment. The
layout of the fine bubble diffusers and piping shall account for
the existing turbine aerators structural support footings and the
dynamic forces of their operation.
Each aeration tank shall be complete mixed. The diffuser
supports shall be distributed evenly across each tank. Dome
distribution shall be biased toward the inlet (A basin) of each
tank to promote initial inlet mixing. The density distribution of
domes at the inlet shall cause a roll effect along two axis:
longitudinal (length of A portion of tank) and transverse (across
A portion of tank).
11255-1
WAYNE HARRINGTON
CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR II
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS
CITY OF SAN MATEO 330 W. 20TH AVENUE
CALIFORNIA 94403 (415) 574-6790
1.02 A.1.
A purge system for each pass shall also be furnished under this
section. The system shall be designed to remove the liquid that
enters the diffusion equipment when the aeration air flow to the
• diffuser system is turned off.
•
•
•
•
Taps and appurtenant piping for provision to acid clean dome
diffusers shall be supplied in the air piping system. Piping
materials and downstream system components shall all be compatible
with acid cleaning.
2. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: Equipment for each of the
aeration tanks shall be designed and operable for the following
conditions:
Tank No.
Condition 1 and 2 3 and 4
Maximum air flow per tank, scfm 3000 1800
Average air flow per tank, scfm 1600 1100
Minimum air flow per tank, scfm 850 850
Maximum water depth over diffusers, ft 17.0 17.0
Minimum number of diffuser elements 1450 1050
Minimum number of diffuser supports -a -a
Minimum oxygen transfer test efficiency
in tap water, percent 30 30
a25 percent more than diffuser, elements supplied.
The maximum allowable diffusion system head loss inclusive of
water head shall be as specified in the blower specification
Section 11384.
• 3. FACTORY TESTS:
a. GENERAL: Diffuser elements shall be tested at the
manufacturer's facility for oxygen transfer rate in clean water and
permeability. Tests shall be certified and may be observed by the
Engineer. Costs for inspection and testing, exclusive of the costs
• for the presence of the Engineer, shall be borne by the Contractor.
Diffuser elements shall be inspected and tested at the point of
manufacture. The Contractor shall provide facilities, apparatus,
and labor for making the tests and inspection, including facilities
for calibrating testing apparatus.
•
•
b. OXYGEN TRANSFER TESTS: A minimum of six oxygen
transfer tests shall be made in the manufacturer's facilities.
A minimum of three oxygen transfer tests shall be made for maximum
air flow and three for average air flow. Diffuser spacing,
11255-2
1.02 A.3.b.
arrangement and depth shall be as proposed for the facility.
The test tank shall have, as a minimum, a floor area of 96 square
feet. Air flow shall match the maximum and average air flow per
• diffuser at the proposed facility. Oxygen transfer efficiency
(OTE) shall be at least 30 percent. Certified calculations
shall be submitted to the Engineer subsequent to the OTE testing.
Results from previous tests that approximate the proposed
configuration may be presented in lieu of the specified testing.
• c. PERMEABILITY: Prior to initiation of production,
the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a quality
control program designed to insure good quality and uniformity of
the diffuser assemblies. The quality control program shall include
a statistical sampling and testing plan for diffuser permeability
that will guarantee that the mean value of specific permeability is
• between 25 and 36, and that 95 percent of all production diffusers
fall within plus or minus 15 percent of the production specific
permeability mean. Specific permeability shall be defined as the
number of cubic feet of air at 70 degrees F plus or minus 2 degrees
F and 10 to 25 percent relative humidity which wil.1 pass through
1 square foot of an element under a differential pressure of
• 2 inches of water column. All individual elements which are tested
and found outside the acceptable range shall be rejected. If the
entire batch is found to have a greater variability than specified,
all elements of the batch shall be tested, and only individual
elements which meet the variability requirements for the whole
production run of elements will be accepted.
•
•
•
•
•
Diffuser elements shall be packed in boxes. Separator sheets
of corrugated paper or other suitable material shall be placed
between the elements in packing. The elements shall be packed and
sealed.
B. STANDARDS:
All welding shall conform to the latest standards of the
American Welding Society.
Stainless steel shall conform to ASTM A778-80 or ASTM A774-80
from plate conforming to ASTM A240, A304L, 2B Finish.
1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Equipment to be furnished under this section shall be floor
mounted in existing aeration tanks.. When the tank passes are empty
of fluid, the installed equipment will be weather -exposed. Ambient
air temperatures may range between 40 degrees F and 100 degrees F.
When submerged, the installed equipment may be exposed to minor
quantities of commercial and industrial wastes. All components
shall be suitable for exposure to industrial solvents and petroleum
products. Ambient wastewater temperatures may range between
60 degrees F and 80 degrees F.
11255-3
1.04
1.04 SUBMITTALS
•
•
•
•
•
•
In addition to the requirements of Section 01300, the
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review plans showing
dimensioned submerged piping system and appurtenances, parts list
noting materials of construction, certification of system unit
responsibility, process calculations, plans and descriptions
of the testing room, permeability test plan, oxygen transfer
efficiency test installation and apparatus required for diffuser
element testing at least 30 days before testing begins.
Calculations defining the normal uplift forces on the submerged
piping shall also be submitted. All of the material required for
submittal under this section shall be furnished in one complete
package not more than 60 days after the date of notice to proceed.
1.05 PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Certified results of factory tests specified in this section
shall be provided at the time the fine bubble aeration equipment
is delivered on site. Certifications shall be under penalty of
perjury by an officer of the manufacturer's corporation.
Provide operation and maintenance material in accordance with
Section 01730 for items 3 through 10 inclusive.
1.06 STANDBY COMPONENTS
Standby components shall be provided as follows:
200 diffuser elements and 3 percent
assemblies
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
Component
• Drop piping
•
•
Submerged air manifolds
and distribution headers
Diffuser assembly
plastic shapes
completed pipe
Material
Stainless steel, ASTM 240-72a,
type 304L, 12 gage minimum,
Unplasticized polyvinylchloride
with 2 percent TiO2 ultraviolet
light inhibitor, ASTM D1784 and
ASTM 2241, minimum 0.173 -inch
wall thickness for distribution
headers and Schedule 80 for air
manifolds
Unplasticized polyvinylchloride
with 2 percent TiO2 ultraviolet
light inhibitor, ASTM D1784
11255-4
2.01
Component Material
Diffuser flow control devices:
Molded plastic parts ABS - glass reinforced
Unplasticized PVC ASTM D1784
Diffuser elements
Gaskets
Piping supports
and anchors
Acid cleaning and purge
system piping
2.02 EQUIPMENT
A. GENERAL:
Ceramic bonded fused aluminum
oxide, specific permeability
rating mean value plus or minus
15 percent
Closed cell neoprene foam
Stainless steel, AISI 304L
Unplasticized polyvinylchloride,
with 2 percent TiO2 ultraviolet
light inhibitor, ASTM D1784,
Schedule 80
The air distribution piping system shall be designed for field
installation, shall include provision for level adjustment of
the diffuser elements, rotational adjustment of distribution
headers, and thermal expansion of piping elements under the
specified operating conditions.
B. DROP PIPING:
Each aeration tank shall contain one drop pipe extending from
the existing air piping at each turbine aerator platform to their
respective submerged branch or manifold piping. Each drop pipe
shall be supported at its upper connection. Taps and appurtenant
valving for provision for acid cleaning dome diffusers shall be
provided.
C. SUBMERGED AIR MANIFOLD:
The submerged air manifold shall be fabricated in sections up
to 20 feet. The invert elevation of the manifold shall be the same
throughout the tank, and changes in diameter shall be accomplished
with eccentric reducers. The end of the manifold shall have a
welded end cap.
Connections between sections
shall be flexible pipe couplings
manifold sections can be rotated
of the submerged
designed so that
independently of
air manifold
individual
adjacent sections
11255-5
2.02 C.
for proper alignment. Expansion joints shall be provided and shall
be located adjacent to the supports. Expansion and connection
♦ functions can be combined in common elements. Flexible coupled
connections shall be provided at the manifold bottom centerline
for connection to the distribution headers.
Each manifold shall be supported by floor mounted stainless
steel anchors and supports spaced no more than 8 feet apart.
♦
D. DISTRIBUTION HEADERS:
Distribution headers shall connect to the bottom centerline of
the manifold at the flanges or couplings provided. Headers shall
be fabricated in sections not to exceed 15 feet, and sections shall
♦ be jointed by expansion joints. Maximum spacing of supports shall
be 8 feet. Expansion joints shall be provided and shall be located
adjacent to the supports. Bell and spigot joints shall not be
considered as expansion joints.
E. SUPPORT SYSTEM:
♦
The support system shall be comprised of nonwelded, stamped
or formed structural shapes, clamps and anchor bolts. The system
shall securely anchor the manifold and distribution headers to the
tank floor. The supports shall be secured to the floor with
stainless steel anchor bolts. Each support shall have a bearing
♦ surface contoured to fit the pipe being supported. All supports
shall include a method to provide for vertical and angular
alignment adjustment to allow level installation on the floor.
Supports shall be designed, manufactured and installed such that
the horizontal surfaces of diffuser elements are within plus or
minus 1/4 inch of a common horizontal plane. After the pipe has
♦ been installed and leveled, adjusting mechanisms shall be locked in
place. The support system shall withstand the forces of turbine
operation without distortion or becoming unfastened.
F. DIFFUSER ASSEMBLIES:
♦ Diffuser assemblies shall be located along the'top of the
distribution header. Each assembly shall include a diffuser
element, a matching element holder, provision for securing the
element to the assembly, and sealing gaskets.
Diffuser elements shall be composed of ceramic -bonded fused
♦ aluminum oxide. Individual grains shall be thoroughly joined
together with the bonding material to form a strong, uniformly
porous and otherwise homogeneous structure. The elements shall
be configured to ensure uniform distribution or air across the
elements' exposed surface.
•
11255-6
2.02 F.
Bolts and threads receiving the bolts required to attach
diffuser elements to diffuser assembly shall be monel or hastelloy
steel or PVC.
•
Sealing gaskets, mounted between the holder and the element,
shall prevent air leakage. A flow control device, sized to ensure
adequate air distribution throughout the system and to evenly
distribute the air over the horizontal surface of the element,
shall be provided. In the event of mechanical damage to the
element, the orifice shall prevent a large local pressure drop.
A minimum of 25 percent spare diffuser holders shall be provided
with plugs for future use.
G. PURGE SYSTEM:
The purge system shall be located at the ends of each diffuser
end section and shall be designed to blow off moisture collected in
air distribution piping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
In addition to the installation and acceptance tests set forth
in Section 11000, the equipment furnished and installed under this
section shall he subject to the following leveling and leakage
tests.
3.02 LEVELING TESTS
Clear water shall be introduced into each aeration tank to
• the top of the diffuser elements. The level of the diffusers
shall then be checked to document that all element horizontal
surfaces are within 1/4 inch of a common horizontal plane and at
the elevation shown.
i
.3.03 LEAKAGE TESTS
After successful completion of the leveling tests, the water
level shall be raised to 2 inches above the manifold. Air shall
then be introduced into the system. The water surface shall be
visually inspected to insure that the air flow is uniformly
distributed across the tank. Leaks shall be repaired. The test
shall be repeated until the installation is void of air leaks.
3.04 COMPRESSION COUPLING MAKEUP
Pipes shall be marked a set distance from the end to ensure
that when inserted into the compression coupling, the pipe ends
are centered within the coupling.
11255-7
4.01
PART 4 - PERFORMANCE WARRANTY
4.01 SHOP TESTS RELATIONSHIP TO FIELD REQUIREMENTS
The oxygen transfer tests shall be performed as described
in paragraph 1.02 A.3 for average and peak oxygen requirements.
Required airflows will be computed as follows:
•
Air (scfm) 4.025 * SOR (lb/day)
Eo
Eo = Standard Transfer Efficiency (%)
• A plot of the average of three tests at each condition shall be
made. The points shall be plotted in terms of airflow (scfm)
versus standard oxygenation rate (SOR-lbs/day). The value of
airflow for the design minimum SOR must not be more than 15 percent
higher than test conditions, or additional tests at lower airflows
shall be conducted. Similarly, test airflows for design peak SOR
• conditions shall be no more than 15 percent below predicted values,
or additional test runs shall be conducted..
Predicted, (guaranteed) airflows shall be determined by
connecting the averaged test results plotted above, with straight
lines. Exact airflows shall be read from the curve for required
• maximum and average oxygenation requirements.
4,02 FIELD TESTS
After the installation is complete and approved for field
testing, the Contractor shall place the basin in operation with
waste or clean water to the full design operating depth. Airflows
to the aeration tank shall be set in three periods to conform to
the results derived from paragraph 4.01 for minimum, maximum, and
average conditions to determine the specified airflows can be
achieved.
• Process mixing tests shall be conducted a minimum of four times
in each tank to verify mixing. Mixing tests shall be conducted at
specified minimum air flow requirments. Fourteen sample points
shall be selected. Sample points shall be located approximately
every 30 feet along the perimeter of each aeration tank located
3 feet from the side wall (12 sample points) and one sample shall
• be taken from each of the existing turbine aerator platforms
(2 samples per tank). At each sample point, a 100 ml sample shall
be collected at four liquid depths. Sample depths shall be 4, 8,
12, and 16 feet. Each of the collected samples shall be analyzed
for mixed liquor suspended solids in accordance with Standard
Methods Test procedures. Variation of samples shall not exceed
• +10 percent.
11255-8
4.02
At the completion of the mixing tests, the turbine aerators
shall be started and run for 8 hours. After the turbine run, the
• fine bubble diffusion system shall be started and observed for
displacement, damage or air leaks.
4.03 REMEDIES FOR FAILURE TO PERFORM
A. COMPLIANCE:
Field tests of system performance shall be conducted by the
Contractor as specified in the presence of the Engineer. Such
performance tests shall demonstrate specified airflows can be
achieved and mixing capacity prior to final acceptance.
• B. FAILURE TO DEMONSTRATE DELIVERED AIR REQUIREMENT
AND MIXING CAPACITY:
If the field tests fail to demonstrate that the aeration
equipment meets delivered air requirements as specified and the
mixing requirement at minimum rate, additional equipment shall
• be provided for modifications made to remedy the deficiency.
It is agreed by both the Contractor and the manufacturer that
the equipment must provide the specified requirements prior to
acceptance by the Owner. It is also understood that the equipment
will be completely retested after addition or modification.
Modifications and additional equipment will be provided and
• retesting performed at no additional cost to the Owner. All
structural, piping, electrical, and other modifications necessary
to accommodate additional or modified equipment shall be made at
the Contractor's expense.
•
•
•
**END OF SECTION**
11255-9
SECTION 11384
• MULTISTAGE CENTRIFUGAL AERATION AIR BLOWERS
•
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
There are five existing Lamson Model 857-3-4, seven -stage,
125 HP, 3600 rpm blowers providing air to four aeration tanks. Two
of the existing blowers shall be replaced, and the remaining three
• shall be modified as specified.
B. SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY:
The equipment specified in this section is a part of the
responsibility and guarantee of a single manufacturer as specified
• in paragraph 11000-1.02 B. In addition, the new motor operators on
the suction valves and the new flow control valves on the discharge
of the blowers shall be part of the performance responsibility.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
• A. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
1. GENERAL: The aeration air blowers will supply air to
the fine bubble diffusion system in the aeration tanks. Airflow
rates to the fine bubble diffusion system will be varied to
maintain the desired mixed liquor dissolved oxygen concentration
• in the aeration tanks. Each blower will be throttled through the
operation of an automatically controlled inlet valve to maintain a
constant outlet pressure. Blowers will be brought on-line and shut
down manually in response to system demand.
Supply air for the blowers will be drawn through high
• efficiency filters and into the common supply air manifold.
Outside ambient temperatures are expected to range between
40 degrees F and 100 degrees F. Relative humidity is expected
to range between 30 and 90 percent.
2. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: Each of the two new aeration
• air blowers shall be rated for a capacity of not less than 3000 scfm
at a discharge pressure of 8.5 psig while operating at a speed
of not more than 3600 rpm, with an inlet air temperature of
100 degrees F and 40 percent relative humidity, and an inlet
air pressure 14.7 psia. The electric motor drivers shall be
nonoverloading with the blowers operating unthrottled against
• a 8.5 psig discharge pressure with an inlet air temperature of
11384-1
1.02 A.2.
50 degrees F, 100 percent relative humidity and an inlet air
• pressure of 14.7 psia. The blowers shall have a minimum shaft
efficiency of 65 percent at the rated condition. Aeration air
blowers shall be free of surge for all air flow rates in excess
of 1350 scfm.
Shaft efficiency shall be defined as the ratio of the isentropic
power to the power driving the blower shaft and shall be calculated
in accordance with the latest edition ASME Power Test Code for
compressors and exhausters.
3. FACTORY TESTS: Each of the new blowers shall be
subjected to a factory test. The test shall be conducted at
constant speed and shall extend from the surge point to not
•
less than 120 percent of design volume at design pressure. The
test shall be sufficiently comprehensive to produce guaranteed
performance characteristics. The test data shall be employed to
produce operating curves showing power and discharge pressure
plotted against output volume in scfm for each operating condition
® specified. Test logs and operating curves shall be certified
correct under penalty of perjury by an officer of the manufacturer's
corporation.
Tests may be observed by the Engineer. Accordingly, the
Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 4 weeks in advance
of the testing date, and the Contractor in the notice shall furnish
.
the Engineer a testing schedule.
•
•
B. STANDARDS:
Factory tests shall be performed in accordance with the ASME
Test Code for Centrifugal Compressors and Exhausters.
1.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
The blowers to be installed under this section shall be
suitable for continuous service and installation indoors at sea
level. Temperatures are expected to range between 40 degrees F and
• 100 degrees F. Relative humidity within the room is expected to
range between 30 and 90 percent.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT INFORMATION:
In accordance with Section 01300, shop drawings and data
describing the multistage centrifugal blowers shall be submitted to
the Engineer for review. As a minimum, the required submittal
information is as follows:
1. Manufacturer's catalog data confirming rated capacity,
horsepower, efficiency and electrical requirements.
11384-2
1.04 A.
2. Predicted performance curves developed for 'the specific.
application showing speed, capacity, pressue and power
for the specified conditions.
3. Motor submittal data as required by the "Motor Data
Form 11060-A" included in Section 01999.
4. Data and calculations required to justify selection
of size of components such as shafts, bearings and
appurtenant equipment necessary to conforHto these
specifications.
5. Parts lists noting materials of construction.
6. Details of appurtenances to be provided with the
specified item.
7. Sizing calculations for the inlet modulating control
valves and the flow control valves.
The material required for submittal shall be furnished in one
complete package not more than 60 days after the date of notice to
proceed.
1.05 PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
Product documentation of the following material shall be
provided to the Engineer at the time the blowers are delivered
to the job site.
1. Results of factory tests including test logs.
2. Certified performance curves for each unitl based upon
test data for the specified conditions showing pressure -
capacity, power -capacity, efficiency -capacity curves
and surge points.
3. Certified balancing test logs.
4. Operation and maintenance information in accordance with
Section 01730 for items 1 through 10 inclusive.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 NEW MULTISTAGE BLOWERS
A. MATERIALS:
The materials for each component of the new blowers shall be
provided as follows:
11384-3
2.01 A.
♦
♦
♦
♦
♦
Comfy t
Casing and bearing housing
Impeller
Shaft
Tie rods
Base
Material
Cast iron, ASTM A48, Class 25
Cast aluminum, ANSI H35.1 Type 443,;
fabricated aluminum 5052-H-34
Carbon steel, SAE 1045,
Steel
Structural steel, ASTM A36
The casing shall be comprised of independently cast or
fabricated single piece volute sections, made of cast iron,
assembled in sufficient number with the inlet and discharge
to
sections to provide the number ofcompression
onestages
esereqruiedbto
achieve the specified discharge pressure.
shall be held together with high strength steel tie rods which
shall connect body flanges on the inlet and discharge
heads.
Inlet and discharge connections shall be flThangedeandaorientednfori
connection to the piping systems
shall be cast or fabricated as a part of each casing
section. Shaft seals shall be oftcompletelyelabyrinth,
fibacrausefelthout
stuffing box, or carbon ring type,
w.
disassembling the machine or disturbing the inlet and discharge
piping.
Bearings shall be oil lubricated antifriction type, sized
for 100,000 hours of operation. Bearing lubrication shall be by
constant -level oilers. Bearings shall be mounted in outboard cast
iron or steel housings which shall be designed tned toeeffeca tgt ato complete
atmospheric separation between the bearing s
isolate the bearing from heat generated by the machine.
sasBesemblaringng
shall be replaceable without disconnecting piping
or di i
the machine.
Impellers shall be keyed to the shaft and held in place by
abutting spacers and lock washer assemblies. The entire rotating
assembly shall be statically
eandtdynamically
lenbalanceeded tonlimit
vibration to 0.1 inch/sec (peak-to-peak)
p dP ami)
outboard bearing housing at design speed.
B. DRIVE UNIT:
Each blower shall be driven by a directly connected,
horizontally mounted electric motor as specified in Section 11060.
♦ Motors shall be 150 HP, 3600 rpm, energy efficient, severe duty,
TEFC, 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hz. Motor shall not exceed 80 dBA
noise level measured 3 feet from the motor.
C. BASE AND ISOLATION PAD:
♦ The blower and motor shall be connected throughia flexible
coupling and shall be mounted on a common structural steel
11384-4
2.01 C.
•
•
•
•
baseplate which shall be designed to keep the unit in pkoper
alignment The unit shall be mounted on waffle embossed oil-
• resistant synthetic rubber isolation pads.
D. INLET MODULATING VALVE:
Blowers 1 and 4 shall be provided with an inlet modulating
butterfly valve and electric motor actuator for automatic throttling
• of the blower air capacity. The valve and operator shall be as
specified in Section 15103. The valve shall be sized for a range
of flows from 850 to 3000 scfm, including the maximum air flow of
3000 scfm at a maximum pressure drop of 0.2 psi when full open.
The valve must be capable of throttling to 1600 scfm at no more
than 70 percent valve closure.
•
E. CHECK VALVE AND CONNECTIONS:
The existing 12 -inch discharge check valves shall be reused
with the new blowers. Each check valve shall be retrofitted with
new synthetic rubber seals rated for 250 degrees F.
•
Connections to the suction and discharge sides of the blowers
shall be made with reinforced synthetic rubber molded flange elbows
rated for 250 degrees F. The suction connection shall be sized for
the vacuum conditions required.
• F. BEARING TEMPERATURE:
Each blower shall be provided with a bearing temperature gage.
If applicable, the existing temperature gage on each blower
(1 and 4) may be reused on the new blower. Existing gages are
magnetic contact type. If existing gages are not appropriate for
the new blowers, then new gages shall be provided.
G. SILENCERS:
Silencers shall limit the noise to 85 dBA measured! 3 feet
from the blower and shall be incorporated within the filter housing
as a single unit.
H. SPARE PARTS:
Sets of the following spare parts shall be provided for
each blower:
2 - bearings
2 - seals
1 each - all gaskets
1 total - all specified tools required formaintenance,
overhaul and operation '
11384-5
2.02
2.02 EXISTING BLOWERS
• Three of the existing blowers shall be modified aslfollows.
A. BEARINGS:
Replace the existing grease -lubricated bearings with
oil -lubricated type. Bearings are to be field modified without
• disturbing piping or unit locations.
B. BLOWER CONNECTIONS:
Replace existing 8 -inch elbows with synthetic rubber molded
type, nominal radius 27-1/2 inches, as specified for new blowers.
• Exact size of elbow shall be field verified prior to fabrication.
C. CHECK VALVE:
Replace the existing sealing membrane on the discharge check
valves as specified for the new blowers.
e
D. DRIVE UNIT:
Reuse existing motors.
• PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
Each blower unit, including blower, motor, coupling and
coupling guard shall be mounted on a common steel basekwith
isolation pads as specified in paragraph 2.01 C of this section.
Layout and installation of the new blowers and modifications to
existing blowers including revisions to existing piping, supports,,
equipment base pads, anchoring system, air filters, and electrical.
rewiring are part of the performance responsibility specified in
paragraph 11000-1.02 B.
3.02 FIELD TESTING
After completion of the installation, each blower shall'be
field-tested to ensure proper installation and compliance with
• these specifications.
In addition to the testing required for the fine bubble.
diffusers (Section 11255), each blower will be tested for blower
capacity and vibration.
0
11384-6
0
3.02 A.
A. BLOWER CAPACITY:
• Each of the new and existing blowers will be operated through
its range to identify the surge point for the blower and to confirm
that the blower is operating as specified. A minimum of six points
for the curve shall be recorded and plotted on a certified factory
test curve. The Contractor shall provide taps, gages, and
manometers to run the tests.
•
B. VIBRATION:
Each blower shall be tested for vibration in accordance with
Section 11020.
•
d
•
•
•
•
•
**END OF SECTION**
11384-7
"
"
"
"
" D I V I S I O N 1 5
M E C H A N I C A L
"
S e c t i o n T i t l e
1 5 1 0 3 B U T T E R F L Y V A L V E S
1 5 8 8 1 H I G H E F F I C I E N C Y P A R T I C U L A T E A I R F I L T E R
E Q U I P M E N T
"
S E C T I O N 1 5 1 0 3
B U T T E R F L Y V A L V E S
"
P A R T 1 - G E N E R A L
1 . 0 1 D E S C R I P T I O N
" A . S C O P E :
T h i s s e c t i o n s p e c i f i e s b u t t e r f l y v a l v e s f o r a i r s e r v i c e .
B . U N I T R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y :
" T h i s s p e c i f i c a t i o n i s p a r t o f t h e u n i t r e s p o n s i b i l i t y
r e q u i r e m e n t s s p e c i f i e d i n p a r a g r a p h 1 1 0 0 0 - 1 . 0 2 B .
P A R T 2 - P R O D U C T S
" 2 . 0 1 M A T E R I A L S
B u t t e r f l y v a l v e s s h a l l b e c o n s t r u c t e d o f t h e f o l l o w i n g
m a t e r i a l s :
C o m p o n e n t M a t e r i a l
S h a f t S t a i n l e s s s t e e l , A S T M A 2 7 6 ,
t y p e 4 1 6
D i s c C a s t i r o n , A S T M A 1 2 6 , C l a s s B
" S e a t s e a l i n g N e o p r e n e
s u r f a c e
B o d y C a s t i r o n , A S T M A 1 2 6 , C l a s s B
D i s c e d g e N i c k e l
"
2 . 0 2 D E S I G N
"
"
V a l v e s s h a l l b e t h e s t u b o r t h r o u g h s h a f t d e s i g n . V a l v e f l a n g e
d r i l l i n g s h a l l b e p e r A N S I 8 1 6 . 1 , C l a s s 1 2 5 .
V a l v e s s h a l l b e r a t e d a t 1 7 5 p s i g a n d p r o v i d e d r i p t i g h t
s h u t o f f u p t o t h e f u l l v a l v e r a t i n g o n d e a d - e n d o r i s o l a t i o n
s e r v i c e . S e a t s h a l l b e m e c h a n i c a l l y h e l d i n p l a c e , s h a l l b e f i e l d
r e p l a c e a b l e , a n d s h a l l b e r a t e d f o r 2 5 0 d e g r e e s F . V a l v e e n d s
s h a l l b e b o n d e d t o a r i g i d r e i n f o r c i n g r i n g t o p r e v e n t d i s t o r t i o n
o r s e a t c o l l a p s e .
1 5 1 0 3 - 1
2.03 A.
2.03 OPERATORS
• A. GENERAL:
Operators shall be factory -mounted on the valves and provided
as a unit.
•
Each valve body or operator shall have cast thereon the word
OPEN, an arrow indicating the direction to open, and flow direction
arrows.
B. MOTOR OPERATORS:
Motor operators shall be Limitorque Series LY, or equal,
• modified to provide the following features:
1. A thermistor for thermal protection embedded in the
motor windings.
•
•
2. Two independent and fully adjustable DPDT rotary
type position switches as specified in paragraph
2.02 D.
3. Two rotary type limit switches; one for opening, one
for closing at end of travel.
4. A double torque switch.
5. Thermal overload protection for each leg of the
3 phase power supply, position transmitter and
control voltage transformer.
• Valve operator shall be provided with a solid state controller
that shall accept a 4 to 20 mA DC signal into a maximum load of
250 ohms and shall be electrically isolated. Controller shall be
Limitorque Modutronic 30, Raymond Control Systems (RCS) R1, or
equal. Controller positioning accuracy shall be 1.0 percent
of travel or better with operating speeds of 12 inches per
• minute for linear operators and 180. degrees per minute for rotary
operators.
Valve operators shall be sized for an operating torque equal to
twice the maximum required valve operating torque under specified
flow conditions. Torque switches shall be set. to disengage motor
• power at 75 percent of the shaft's design torque.
Operators shall be suitable for use with 220 volt, 3 phase,
60 Hz power.
Position transmitter shall be 1000 ohm potentiometer coupled
directly to shaft of rotary motion valves and to the operator gear
train of linear motion valves or gates.
•
15103-2
2.03 B.
Position switches shall have Form C (SPDP) contacts rated not
less than 10 amperes at 120 volts AC, 0.8 power factor and at
24 volts DC. Unless specified otherwise, one set of limit switches
shall be set to actuate when the valve is less than 3 percent open;
and the second set shall be set to actuate when the valve is more '
than 97 percent open. Limit switches shall be enclosed in a NEMA 7
explosionproof case and shall be rotary type positively coupled to
the actuator.
**END OF SECTION**
15103-3
SECTION 15881
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
HIGH EFFICIENCY PARTICULATE AIR FILTER EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies high efficiency particulate air filter
equipment for process air purification.
B. TYPE:
High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters shall be the
replaceable cartridge, positive superinterception type.
C. SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY:
The filters specified in this section are the responsibility
of the fine bubble diffuser manufacturer specified in Section
11255.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN REQUIREMENTS:
1. GENERAL: HEPA filters shall be used to filter the
air supplied to the aeration air blowers. The filters shall be
designed for installation in the existing filter enclosures. The
existing enclosures shall be designed and modified so that the
new filters may be serviced easily.
Upstream prefilters shall be used to provide first -stage
particle separation. Ambient supply air temperatures are expected
to range between 40 degrees F and 100 degrees F. Relative humidity
is expected to range between 30 and 90 percent.
2. OPERATING REQUIREMENTS:
a. RATING: Each HEPA filter for the two new and three
existing blowers shall have minimum rated capacities of 3000 cfm
and 2100 cfm, respectively.
Filtering efficiency of each HEPA filter shall not be less
than 95 percent when tested with 0.3 micron thermally generated
dioctylphalate smoke in accordance with MIL -STD -282. Filtering
efficiency when tested by the ASHRAE 52-76 test method shall be
• not less than 98 percent. Initial resistance shall not exceed
0.65 inch water column at the rated capacity.
15881-1
1.02 B.
B. STANDARDS:
•
s
Methods for Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used in General
Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter, ASHRAE Standard 52-76.
MIL -STD -282 -Filter Units, Protective Clothing, Gas -Mask
Components and Related Products: Performance -Test Methods.
C. FACTORY TESTS:
Filters shall be certified as to having been factory tested
in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 52-76 and MIL -STD -282. Tests
shall be witnessed by an independent certified testing laboratory
approved by ASHRAE. Upon completion of tests, three certified
copies of test data shall be submitted to the Engineer. Certifica-
tions shall be under penalty of perjury and shall be by an officer
of the manufacturer's corporation. In lieu of testing each filter,
a certification may be provided for each size range of filters.
1.03 STANDBY COMPONENTS
Two complete replacements with proper identification shall be
provided for each filter.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
• 2.01 MATERIALS
•
•
Component
Filter media
Separators
Adhesive sealer
Frame
Gasket
Housing assembly
2.02 EQUIPMENT
A. FILTERS:
Material
Waterproof glass paper
Aluminum
Fire -retardant rubber base
Aluminum
Neoprene
Galvanized steel, 14 gage
Filters shall be factory constructed by pleating a continuous
• sheet of glass paper back and forth over corrugated separators to
form a filter pack. Sealant shall be used to permanently bond the
pack to the rigid filter frame. Gaskets shall be provided to
prevent leakage between the filter pack and the filter frame.
Filters shall be Class 1 or Class 2 as listed by the Underwriters
Laboratories Inc.
•
15881-2
2.02 B.1.
B. ENCLOSURE:
• 1. GENERAL: Filter enclosures shall match the existing
and shall be the individual holding frame type which may be riveted
or bolted together to form a filter bank or module of the desired
size.
•
•
d
•
•
•
•
2. HOLDING FRAME ASSEMBLY: Holding frames shall be sized
to accommodate the filters specified in paragraph 1.02. Each
filter shall be pressure clamped to a holding frame with removable
fasteners so that the filter can be removed and replaced without
disturbing adjoining filters and frames. A knife edge seal or
sealing gasket attached to the holding frame shall be provided for
airtight operation. The perimeter of the assembled holding frames
in the filter bank shall be calked for a leakproof seal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
Filters shall be installed as specified and in accordance
the manufacturer's written recommendations.
**END OF SECTION**
15881-3
with
DIVISION 16
ELECTRICAL
Section
16000
16110
16120
Title
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS
CONDUCTORS AND CABLE
SECTION 16000
•
•
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
This section specifies general requirements for electrical
work. Detailed requirements for specific electrical items are
specified in other sections but are subject to the general
requirements of this section.
• 1.02 REFERENCES
This section references the following documents. They are
a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of
conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the
listed documents, the requirements of the listed documents shall
• prevail.
Reference
NEC -1981
UBC-1982
•
Title
National Electrical Code (NFPA 70)
Uniform Building Code
1.03 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. APPROVAL
Unless otherwise specified, electrical equipment and material
shall be listed and labeled for the purpose for which it is used
• by the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL). This requirement may
be waived only if a UL listing is not available for the type of
product.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
• Where specified under individual specification sections,
submittals shall be provided in accordance with Section 01300.
The submittals shall be identified by the specified equipment
number and specification section.
•
•
1.05 PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
In addition to the information specified under individual
specification sections, the following material shall be provided
within the time period specified.
16000-1
1.05 A.
A. INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAMS:
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
•
•
•
B. TEST RESULTS:
The Contractor shall provide to the Engineer a copy of the test
results for motors and electrical systems on the forms specified in
the individual sections of Division 16. A file of the original
tests results shall be maintained by the Contractor.
C. FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES:
Functional checkout procedures specified under paragraph 3.03 C
shall be provided to the Engineer prior to performing tests.
1.06 DRAWINGS
Elementary and connection drawings shall be prepared on 22 -inch
by 34 -inch drafting media. Smaller sized drawings;; may be combined
on one full-size drawing. Media shall be vellum, linen or mylar.
Drawings shall have borders and title blocks identifying the scope
of the drawing.
1.07 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. ACTIVATED SLUDGE BLOWER 1:
Move existing size 5 starter in existing MCC P1 to a spare
• size 5 space in existing MCC P4. Replace motor overload heaters
with correctly sized units for new 150 horsepower motor. Provide
new 2 -1/2 -inch RGS conduit between activated sludge blower 1 motor
and MCC P4 with three No. 4/0 AWG phase conductors, and one No. 1
AWG group' conductor. Provide new 3/4 -inch RGS conduit between
existing control station at blower 1 and new T-rnndulet under
• existing control station for activated sludge blower 4 with two
No. 12 AWG control conductors. Core drill floor of blower room
and MCC room and run both conduits on ceiling of equipment room
(below the blower room). Remove conductors from existing conduit
between blower 1 and MCC P1.
B. ACTIVATED SLUDGE BLOWER 4:
Replace overload heaters in existing size 5 starter in existing
MCC P4 with units correctly sized for new 150 horsepower motor.
•
•
16000-2
1.07 B.
•
•
•
Remove existing conductors from 2 -inch conduit between existing
blower 4 and MCC P4. Provide three No. 4/0 AWG phase conductors
and one No. 1 AWG ground conductor with THWN insulation in this
conduit. Provide new 3/4 -inch RGS conduit from existing control
station at blower 4 to T-condulet specified in paragraph 16000-
1.07 A with two No. 12 AWG control conductors. Provide 3/4 -inch
RGS conduit from T-condulet to MCC - P4 with four No. 12 AWG
control conductors. Core drill floor in blower room and MCC room
and run conduit on ceiling of equipment room.
C. AERATION TANKS 1, 2, 3 and 4 DISSOLVED
OXYGEN (DO) MONITORS:
1. TRANSMITTERS: Install new DO transmitters AIT121B,
AIT122B, AIT123B and AIT124B on handrail adjacent to existing
AIT121A, AIT122A, AIT123A and AIT124A, respectively. Provide
120 volt disconnect switches for each of the eight transmitters
and connect each pair of transmitters to the existing 120 volt AC
circuits now serving the existing transmitters. Disconnect switches
shall comply with paragraph 17000-3.01 D.
• 2. RECEPTACLES AND PLUGS: Provide two receptacles for
each dissolved oxygen transmitter at the locations specified on
the drawings to permit plugging in each dissolved oxygen probe at
either of two locations. Receptacles shall be as recommended by
the monitor manufacturer and shall be designed for continuous
exposure to weather and corrosive conditions. Mating plugs shall
be provided for AE121A, AE121B, AE122A, AE122B, AE123A, AE123B,
AE124A and AE124B. The two receptacles for each transmitter shall
serve opposite ends of the tank.
3. CONDUIT AND CABLE: Provide conduit and cable from each
• receptacle to its associated transmitter. Conduit shall be plastic
coated rigid steel of sufficient size to install the required
cables. Cable shall be as recommended by the DO monitor manufac-
turer. Conduits shall be installed in so far as possible on the
sides of the existing walkways over the tanks. Where conduit must
cross walkways, it shall be installed under the walkway.
• Remove signal cables from existing conduits from AIT121A,
AIT122A, AIT123A and AIT124A to instrument panel and replace with
new cables to provide four additional pair for AIT121B, AIT122B,
AIT123B and AIT124B. Smaller gage signal pairs may be used if
necessary to fit in existing conduit.
4. FUNCTION: The function of the side-by=side probes is
to have two DO probes in parallel operation at theisametank
location with the capability for the operator to switch from one
probe to another to check DO readings. DO probes are to be
handrail mounted to match existing. Sufficient cable shall be
provided to allow DO probes to be removed from tanks without having
to disconnect cables from the probe jack.
•
f
16000-3
1.07 D.
D. PANELBOARD LP3A:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Remove existing No. 8 AWG from existing conduit between LP3A
and LP3 located in MCC - P3 and replace with four No. 6 THWN.
Remove existing 2P40A circuit breakers 2, 4 from panel LP3 and
replace with new 2P70A circuit breaker. Remove existing 1P15A
circuit breakers 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 and 10 from panelboard LP3A and
replace with 1P20A circuit breakers. Remove all branch circuit
conductors from panelboard LP3A to existing blower discharge
valves.
E. ACTIVATED SLUDGE BLOWER SUCTION AND
DISCHARGE VALVES:
1. POWER: Provide three No. 12 from two adjacent circuits
of LP3A to the existing junction box at the base of each blower.
Provide new 3/4 -inch GRS conduit with two No. 12 to each valve
operator (one on each existing blower suction valve and one on
each new flow control valve) for 120 -volt, single-phase power.
2. SIGNAL: Remove existing single pair cables from
between existing suction valves and existing telemetry connection
box (TEL. CONN. BOX) and replace with two pairs No. 16. Provide
separate junction box from power at base of each blower and
provide new 3/4 -inch GRS conduit with one pair No. 16 to each new
discharge valve.
Remove existing TEL. CONN. BOX and replace with new terminal
box with 36, 300 -volt terminals. Remove existing 12 pairs cables
from existing 1 -1/2 -inch conduit between TEL. CONN. BOX and
instrument panel and replace with 24 pairs No. 20 cable.
Connect all cables as indicated in the instrument diagrams
shown in Section 17990.
1.09 CORROSIVE AREAS
The following area(s) are designated as corrosive:
• Activated sludge tanks
1.10 HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) AREAS
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
•
•
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 COATING SYSTEM
A. GENERAL:
Where specified, electrical equipment in Division 16 shall be
painted by the manufacturer as specified below.
16000-4
2.01 B.
B. FINISH:
• Equipment shall be treated with zinc phosphate, bonderized or
otherwise given a rust -preventative treatment. Equipment shall be
primed, painted with enamel and baked. Minimum dry film thickness
shall be 3 mils.
C. COLOR:
•
•
•
Exterior color shall be ASA #61, gray. Interior shall be
painted white. Nonmetallic electrical enclosures and equipment
shall be the manufacturer's standard gray color.
D. GALVANIZING:
Where specified, galvanizing shall be the hot -dip type.
2.02 WIRE MARKERS:
Each power and control conductor shall be identified at each
terminal to which it is connected. Conductors size No. 10 AWG
or smaller shall have identification sleeves. The letters and
numbers that identify each wire shall be machine printed on sleeves
with permanent black ink. The figures shall be 1/8 inch high.
Sleeves shall be yellow or white tubing, sized to fit the conductor
insulation. The sleeves shall be shrunk to fit the conductof with
hot air after installation. They shall be TMS Thermofit Marker
System by Raychem Co., sleeve style wire marking system by
W. H. Brady Co., or equal. Adhesive strips are not acceptable.
Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger shall use cable markers of the
locking tab type. Tabs shall be white plastic with conductor
identification number permanently embossed.
2.03 NAMEPLATES
Where specified, nameplates shall be made from laminated
phenolic plastic. The nominal size of the nameplates shall be
3/4 inch high by 2 inches long. Nameplates shall have white
• backgrounds with 3/16 -inch black letters. If abbreviations are
required because of space limitations, abbreviations shall be
submitted to the Engineer prior to manufacture. Nameplates shall
be fastened using self -tapping stainless steel screws. The use of
adhesives will not be permitted on the outside of enclosures.
•
•
2.04 TERMINAL BLOCKS
Unless otherwise specified, terminal blocks shall be screw
terminal, heavy duty, rated at 20 amperes minimum, 600V AC.
Terminals shall be provided with integral marking strips which
shall be permanently identified with the connecting wire numbers
as shown on the drawings.
16000-5
2.05.
2.05 SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
f When specified, electrical equipment shall be internally braced
for seismic zone 4 as defined by the Uniform Building Code.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
• 3.01 GENERAL
A. CONSTRUCTION:
The work under Division 16 shall be performed in accordance
with NEC and in accordance with these specifications. The
® Contractor shall provide electrical layout drawings showing the
location of equipment with electrical connections and showing all
raceways and cables.
B. HOUSEKEEPING:
® Electrical equipment shall be protected from dust. Motor
control centers, switchgear, and buses shall be wiped free of
dust and dirt on the outside and shall be vacuumed on the inside
within 30 days of acceptance of the work.
Before final acceptance, the Contractor shall neatly touch up
® any scratches on equipment with identical color paint.
3.02 PHASE CONNECTIONS
Phase connections for equipment shall be A, B, C, counting from
front to back, top to bottom, and left to right as viewed from the
operating mechanism side.
3.03 TESTING
A. GENERAL:
• Prior to energizing the electrical circuits, the following
tests shall be performed. Unless otherwise specified, a 1000 volt
megohmmeter shall be used for resistance measurements.
The measurements of the tests shall be recorded on the
specified forms and provided to the Engineer in accordance
with paragraph 1.05 B.
B. INSULATION RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS:
1. GENERAL: General insulation resistance measurements
shall be made on conductors and energized parts of electrical
• equipment. Minimum acceptable values of insulation resistance
shall be in accordance with the applicable ICEA, NEMA or ANSI
16000-6
3.03 B.1.
standards for the equipment or material being tested, unless
otherwise specified. The ambient temperature at which insulation
resistance is measured shall be recorded on the test form.
♦
♦
♦
2. CONDUCTOR AND CABLE TESTS: The phase -to -ground
insulation resistance shall be measured for all circuits 120 volts
and above except lighting circuits. Measurements may be made with
motors and other equipment connected.
Insulation resistance measurements shall be recorded in a format
similar to Form 16000-A, contained in Section 01999. Insulation
with resistance of less than 10 megohms is not acceptable.
3. MOTOR TESTS: The Installed Motor Test Form, 16000-B,
contained in Section 01999, shall be completed for each motor
after installation. All motors shall have their insulation
resistance measured before they are connected. Motors 50 HP and
larger shall have their insulation resistance measured at the
time of delivery as well as when they are connected. Insulation
resistance values less than 10 megohms are not acceptable.
The Contractor shall verify that motors are connected to rotate
in the correct direction. Verification may be accomplished by
momentarily energizing the motor, provided the Contractor confirms
that neither the motor nor the driven equipment will be damaged by
reverse operation.
The full load current measurement on each phase shall be
measured with the motor running at maximum operating load.
4. FACILITIES TESTS: Facilities shall pass the Building
Inspection Tests by City representatives.
C. FUNCTIONAL CHECKOUT:
Protective devices shall be adjusted and operative during the
testing period. Prior to start-up of each piece of equipment or
system, the Contractor shall perform a functional checkout on
♦ control circuits. The checkout shall consist of energizing each
control circuit and operating each control, alarm, or malfunction
device, and each interlock in turn to verify that the specified
action occurs. This may be performed with the motor connected
or disconnected.
♦
♦
The Contractor shall prepare detailed descriptive procedures
used to test each drive or system. The functional checkout
procedures shall be provided to the Engineer for approval before
the checkout is performed. After the checkout has been performed,.
a signed and dated copy of the test results shall be provided to
the Engineer.
**END OF SECTION**
16000-7
SECTION 16110
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
RACEWAYS, FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies raceways, fittings and supports for
electrical conductors and conduit.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section references the following documents. They are a
part of this section insofar as specified and modified herein. In
case of conflict between the requirements of this section and the
listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
Reference Title
AASHTO H2O-44 Highway Bridges
ANSI C80.1-77 Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated
ANSI C80.3-77 Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated
ASTM A193-78 Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting
Materials for High Temperature Services
FEDSPEC Conduit, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling,
WW -C -581E Elbow, and Nipple, Electrical Conduit;
Zinc Coated
JIC EMP-1-67
NEMA TC2-78
NEMA VE1-79
Electrical Standards for Mass Production
Equipment
Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and
Conduit (EPC 40 and EPC 80)
Cable Tray Systems
NEC -81 National Electric Code (NFPA No. 70)
UL 1242-1977 Intermediate Metal Conduit
•
1.03 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. APPROVAL
•
Unless otherwise specified, electrical equipment and material
shall be listed and labeled for the purpose for which it is used by
the Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL).
16110-1
1.04
1.04 PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
• The Contractor shall provide catalog cuts for materials
provided under this section before work is started. The catalog
cuts shall be assembled in a folder, and each page marked with the
item and reference number to the specifications.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 RACEWAY
A. STEEL CONDUIT:
• 1. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (GRS): Rigid steel conduit shall
comply with ANSI C80.1 with smooth finished surfaces. Conduit
shall be hot -dip galvanized. Unless otherwise specified, minimum
size shall be 3/4 inch exposed and 1 inch embedded.
2. INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT (IMC):
•
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
3. FITTINGS: Locknuts shall be extra heavy electro-
galvanized steel for sizes through 2 inches. Locknuts larger than
2 inches shall be electrogalvanized malleable iron. Bushings shall
• be electrogalvanized malleable iron with insulating collar.
Grounding bushings shall be locking type and shall be provided with
a feed -through compression lug for securing the ground cables.
Unions shall be electrogalvanized ferrous alloy type Appleton UNF
or UNY, Crouse -Hinds UNF or UNY, or equal. Threadless fittings are
not acceptable. Conduit bodies shall be ferrous alloy type with
• screw taps for fastening covers. Gaskets shall be made of neoprene.
Expansion fittings in embedded runs shall be watertight and
shall be provided with an internal bonding jumper. The expansion
material shall be neoprene and shall allow for 3/4 -inch movement in
any direction.
•
B. PLASTIC COATED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT
AND FITTINGS (PVC-GRS):
•
•
Plastic coated conduit shall be rigid steel conduit to which
a 40 -mil thick polyvinylchloride coating has been bonded. Coating
shall be free of pinholes. Bond strength shall exceed the tensile
strength of the plastic coat. Elbows shall be factory made and
coated. Fittings used with plastic coated conduit shall be
similarly coated to the same thickness as the conduit and shall
be provided with type 304 stainless steel hardware. Conduit and
fittings shall be manufactured by the same company.
16110-2
2.01 C.
C. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT):
• (NOT IN CONTRACT)
D. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (FMC):
Flexible metal conduit shall be formed from spirally wound
galvanized steel strip with successive convolutions securely
• interlocked. Minimum size shall be 1/2 inch. Fittings shall be
compression type. Flexible metal conduit shall be provided with
ground wire.
E. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT (FLEX):
• Liquidtight flexible steel conduit shall be formed from spirally
wound galvanized steel strip with successive convolutions securely
interlocked and jacketed with liquidtight plastic cover. Minimum
size shall be 1/2 inch. Fittings for liquidtight conduit shall
have cadmium -plated malleable iron body and gland nut with cast -in
lug, brass grounding ferrule threaded to engage conduit spiral and
• 0 -ring seals around the conduit and box connection and insulated
throat. Forty-five and 90 -degree fittings shall be used where
applicable.
F. EXPLOSIONPROOF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT:
• (NOT IN CONTRACT)
G. RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (PVC 4) (PVC 8):
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
•
H. WIREWAYS:
I. CABLE TRAYS:
2.02 BOXES AND FITTINGS
(NOT IN CONTRACT).
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
A. GENERAL:
• Junction boxes, device boxes, fixture support boxes, and
conduit fittings shall be hot -dip galvanized cast ferrous alloy.
Integrally cast threaded hubs or bosses shall be provided for
conduit entrances and shall provide for full 5 -thread contact
on tightening. Drilling and threading shall be done before
galvanizing. Cover plates shall be of similar hot -dip galvanized
• cast ferrous alloy material. A full body neoprene gasket shall
16110-3
2.02 A.
•
•
be provided with the cover. Type 304 stainless steer screws
shall be provided for covers. Device boxes shall be FD boxes as
manufactured by Crouse -Hinds, Appleton, or equal.
B. GANG BOXES:
C. FLOOR BOXES:
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
D. BOXES USED INDOORS:
Boxes larger than FD boxes shall be fabricated from welded
steel and hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Before finish
is applied, a grounding pad drilled for two bolted grounding lugs
or a grounding stud shall be welded to the inside of the box.
Hardware shall be 304 stainless steel. Boxes shall, as a minimum,
meet NEMA 12 and JIC EMP-1 requirements.
Electrogalvanized sheet steel boxes may be used where electrical
metallic tubing is specified. Boxes shall be a minimum of 4 inch
square. Covers shall have raised edges to be flush with walls and
ceiling surfaces.
E. BOXES IN OUTDOOR AND CORROSIVE AREAS:
Boxes and fittings located outdoors or in corrosive areas
shall be nonmetallic NEMA 4X.
F. BOXES AND SEAL FITTINGS FOR HAZARDOUS AREAS:
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
G. TERMINAL CABINETS:
Terminal cabinets located indoors shall be NEMA 12. Cabinets
located outdoors and in corrosive areas shall be NEMA 4X. Cabinets
shall be provided with hinged doors. The equipment mounting panel
shall be 12 -gage sheet steel with grounding stud. Cabinets shall
be provided with channel mounted terminal blocks rated 30 amperes,
600V AC. Terminals shall be No. 8 minimum, screw type, suitable
for ring tongue or locking spade terminals.
H. HUBS:
Threaded hubs for connection of conduit to junction, device or
terminal boxes shall be made of cast ferrous alloy, electroplated
with zinc and shall have insulated liner and insulating bushings.
The hubs shall utilize a neoprene 0 -ring and shall provide a
watertight connection.
16110-4
2.03 A.
2.03 RACEWAY SUPPORTS
• A. CONDUIT SUPPORTS:
Hot -dip galvanized framing channel shall be used to support
groups of conduit. Individual conduit supports shall be one -hole
galvanized malleable iron pipe straps used with galvanized clamp
backs and nesting backs where required. Conduit supports for PVC
• coated rigid steel and PVC conduit systems shall be one -hole PVC
coated clamps or PVC conduit wall hangers.
B. CEILING HANGERS:
Ceiling hangers shall be adjustable galvanized carbon steel rod
• hangers as specified. Straps or hangers of plumber's perforated
tape are not acceptable. Unless otherwise specified, hanger rods
shall be 1/2 -inch all -thread rod and shall meet ASTM A193 and
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code specifications. Hanger rods
in corrosive areas and those exposed to weather or moisture shall
be stainless steel.
•
C. STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS (RACKS):
Structural attachments shall be constructed from framing
channel as specified.
•
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUIT
A. GENERAL:
•
1. CONDUIT RUNS BETWEEN BOXES: The Contractor shall limit
the number of directional changes of the conduit to total not more
than 270 degrees in any run between pull boxes. Conduit runs shall
be limited to 400 feet, less 100 feet for every 90 degrees of
change in direction. Bends and offsets shall be avoided where
• possible but, where necessary, shall be made with a hickey or
conduit bending machine, or shall be factory preformed bends.
Turns shall be made with cast metal fittings or conduit bends.
Welding, brazing or otherwise heating of conduit is not acceptable.
2. JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES: Where required for pulling
• cable and as necessary to meet NEC, the Contractor shall provide
cast junction or pull boxes. Pull boxes used for multiple
conduit runs shall not combine circuits fed from different MCCs,
switchboards, or switchgear.
3. CONDUIT TERMINATIONS: Conduit entering NEMA 1 type
• sheet steel boxes or cabinets shall be secured by locknuts on
both the interior and exterior of the device and shall have an
16110-5
3.01. A.3.
insulating grounding or bonding bushing constructed over the
conduit end. Conduit entering all other boxes shall be terminated
with a threaded hub. Surface -mounted cast boxes and nonmetallic
enclosures shall have threaded hubs. Joints shall be made with
standard couplings or threaded unions. Metal parts of nonmetallic
boxes and plastic coated boxes shall be bonded to the conduit
system. Running threads shall not be used in lieu of conduit
nipples, nor shall excessive thread be used on any conduit. The
ends of conduit shall be cut square, reamed, and threaded with
straight threads. Rigid steel conduit shall be made up tight and
without thread compound. Exposed male threads on rigid steel
conduit shall be coated with electrically conductive zinc -rich
paint.
PVC conduit entering fiberglass boxes or cabinets shall be
secured by threaded bushings on the interior of the device and
shall be terminated with a threaded male terminal adapter having a
neoprene 0 -ring. Joints shall be made with standard PVC couplings.
B. CONDUIT LOCATIONS:
Unless otherwise specified, conduits shall be installed in
locations as specified in Table A.
Table A, Conduit Locations
Conduit type Location
1. Rigid steel
2. Intermediate metal
conduit
3. Rigid nonmetallic,
Schedule 40
4. Rigid nonmetallic,
Schedule 80
5. Electrical metallic
tubing
6. Plastic coated
rigid steel
Exposed noncorrosive areas,
hazardous (classified) areas
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
Corrosive hazardous areas, outdoor
corrosive areas, or direct burial
7. Flexible metal (NOT IN CONTRACT)
8. Liquidtight flexible
metallic
Final raceway connections to all
equipment and instruments which
require flexibility
16110-6
3.01 C.
C. CONDUIT SUPPORT:
• Exposed rigid steel or plastic coated conduit shall be run
on supports spaced not more than 10 feet apart and shall be
constructed with runs parallel or perpendicular to walls,
structural members, or intersections of vertical planes and ceiling.
Exposed PVC conduit shall be run on supports spaced not more than
3 feet apart for conduits up to 1 inch 5 feet apart for conduits
• 1-1/4 inches to 2 inches and 6 feet apart for conduits 2-1/2 inches
and larger. No conduit shall approach closer than 6 inches to any
object operating above the rated temperature of the cable insulation
it contains. PVC conduit shall not be provided where it will be
damaged by heat.
• Steel conduit shall be supported away from the structures
using hot -dip galvanized malleable iron straps with nesting backs.
Where three or more conduits are located in a parallel run, they
shall be spaced out from the wall using framing channel. Runs of
individual conduit suspended from the ceiling shall be supported
with galvanized carbon steel rod hangers. Where three or more
• conduits are suspended from the ceiling, steel racks shall be
constructed.
D. CONDUIT ENCASEMENT OR EMBEDMENT
(STRUCTURES AND DUCT BANKS):
• (NOT IN CONTRACT)
E. CONDUIT PENETRATIONS:
Unless otherwise specified, conduit routed perpendicular
through floors, walls or other concrete structures shall pass
• through cast -in -place openings wherever possible. In cases where
cast -in -place openings are not possible, appropriate size hexes
shall be bored through the concrete to accommodate the conduit
passage. The size and location of the holes shall not impair
the structure's integrity. After completion, grout or calk
around conduit and finish to match existing surroundings. Unless
• otherwise protected, conduits that rise vertically through the
floor shall be protected by a 3 -1/2 -inch high concrete pad with
a sloping top.
Wherever conduits penetrate concrete walls to outdoors, the
Contractor shall provide a watertight seal as manufactured by
• O. Z. Gedney Co., Type CSMC; Thunderline Corp., Link Seal;
or equal.
F. CONDUIT SEPARATION:
Signal conduits shall be separated from AC power or control
• conduits. The separation shall be a minimum of 12 inches for rigid
steel conduits and 24 inches for nonmetallic conduits.
16110-7
3.01 G.
G. CONDUIT SEALS FOR CORROSIVE AREAS:
• Each conduit passing from a corrosive area into a noncorrosive
area shall be provided with a sealing fitting which may be located
on either side of the boundary. Fitting shall be filled with
nonsetting compound.
H. PLASTIC COATED CONDUIT:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Plastic coated conduit shall be made up tight with strap
wrenches. All conduit threads shall be covered by a plastic
overlap which shall be coated and sealed per manufacturer's
recommendations. Pipe wrenches and channel locks shall not be
used for tightening plastic coated conduits. Damaged areas shall
be patched, using manufacturer's recommended material. The area to
be patched shall be built up to the full thickness of the coating.
Painted fittings are not acceptable.
I. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT:
The length of flexible liquidtight conduit shall not exceed
15 times the trade diameter of the conduit. The length of
liquidtight conduit shall not exceed 36 inches.
3.02 RACEWAY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Raceway support systems are designed with a safety factor of
five. Support systems provided by the Contractor shall meet this
requirement.
**END OF SECTION**
16110-8
SECTION 16120
• CONDUCTORS AND CABLE
•
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
This section specifies conductors and cables.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section references the following documents. They are
• a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of
conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the
listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
•
•
•
•
•
Reference Title
AEIC C56-79 Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulated Shielded
Power Cables Rated S Through 69 KV
ASTM B3-74 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire
ASTM B8-77 Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors,
Hard, Medium Hard or Soft
ASTM B33-74 Tinned Soft or Annealed Copper Wire for
Electrical Purposes
ASTM B189-80 Lead Coated and Lead -Alloy -Coated Soft Copper
Wire for Electrical Purposes
ASTM B231-78 Concentric -Lay -Stranded Aluminum 1350
Conductors
ICEA S-68-516 Ethylene Propylene Rubber Insulated Wire and
(NEMA WC8) Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of
Electrical Energy
IEEE 383-74 Type Test of Class IE Electric Cables, Field
Splices and Connections for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations
NFPA No. 70-81 National Electric Code
UL 1277 Type TC Power and Control Tray Cable
UL 1072 2001-8000 Volt Nonshielded Solid -Dielectric
Single Conductor Power Cable
UL 44 Rubber Insulated Wire and Cables
16120-1
2.01
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
• 2.01 GENERAL
Cables and conductors shall be in compliance with IEEE 383
concerning flame retardants. Cables shall be identified every
3 feet as to manufacturer, size, number of conductors, type of
insulation, and type of jacket if applicable.
•
2.02 600 VOLT POWER CABLE
Power cable rated at 600 volt shall have the following
characteristics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1. Voltage: 600 volts
2. Conductor:
3. Insulation:
4. Jacket:
5. Color coding:
Conductor(s) shall be uncoated, annealed
Class B stranded, copper, as per ASTM
B3 and B8. Size and number of conductors
shall be as specified on the cable
schedule.
Insulation shall be RHW/RHH 90 degree C
dry, 75 degree C wet ethylene propylene
meeting ICEA S-68-516 and UL 44.
An outer jacket shall be provided for
multiconductor cables and shall be
chlorosulfonated polyethylene and
shall conform to the requirements of
UL 1277.
480V 208V
Phase A Black Brown
Phase B Red Orange
Phase C Blue Yellow
Ground Green Green
Neutral White White
NOTE: Cables sized No. 4 AWG and larger may be black
with colored 3/4 -inch vinyl plastic tape applied
in a 3 inch length at each end, at terminations
and in pull boxes, handholes and manholes.
2.03 MEDIUM VOLTAGE POWER CABLE
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
16120-2
2.04
2.04 CONTROL CABLE
Control cable shall be multiconductor jacketed -type with
characteristics as follows:
1. Voltage: 600 volts.
2. Conductors:
Conductor shall be coated, annealed
strandedcopperas per ASTM B33. Size
shall be No. 14 AWG.
3. Number of As specified.
conductors:
4. Insulation: RHW/RHH 90 degree C dry, 75 degreeC
wet ethylene propylene, 30 mils thick.
5. Color coding: Each conductor shall be color coded as
per ICEA S-68-516, Part 5, Method 1.
6. Jacket: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene with a
minimum wall thickness of 45 mils
for- 2-5 conductors, 60 mils for
7-12 conductors, and 80 mils for
19 conductors.
2.05 PORTABLE CORD
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
2.06 SPLICING AND TERMINATING MATERIALS
A. 600 VOLT CONDUCTOR AND CABLE CONNECTORS:
Connectors shall be one-piece tool applied compression type of
required size, UL listed for the specific application. Connectors
shall be tin-plated high conductivity copper. Connectors for wire
sizes No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be nylon self -insulated ring
tongue or locking -spade terminals. Connectors for wire sizes No. 8
AWG and larger shall be one -hole lugs up to size No. 3/0 AWG, and
two -hole or four -hole lugs for size No. 4/0 and larger. Mechanical
clamp, dimple, screw -type connectors are not acceptable.
In -line splices and taps shall be used only where specified.
When used, they shall be of the same construction asother
connectors.
B. 5 KV AND 15 KV CABLE TERMINATORS:
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
16120-3
"
2 . 0 6 C .
C . P O R T A B L E C A B L E F I T T I N G S :
( N O T I N C O N T R A C T )
D . W I R E M A R K E R S :
E a c h p o w e r a n d c o n t r o l c i r c u i t c o n d u c t o r s i z e N o . 1 0 A W G o r
s m a l l e r s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d a s s p e c i f i e d a t e a c h t e r m i n a l t o w h i c h
" i t i s c o n n e c t e d w i t h a l e g i b l e p e r m a n e n t c o d e d m a r k i n g s l e e v e i n
a c c o r d a n c e w i t h S e c t i o n 1 6 0 0 0 . S l e e v e s s h a l l b e y e l l o w o r w h i t e
t u b i n g , s i z e d t o f i t t h e c o n d u c t o r i n s u l a t i o n , w i t h m a c h i n e
p r i n t e d b l a c k m a r k i n g , a n d s h a l l b e T M S T h e r m o f i t M a r k e r S y s t e m b y
R a y c h e m C o . , s l e e v e s t y l e w i r e m a r k i n g s y s t e m b y W . H . B r a d y C o . ,
o r e q u a l . A d h e s i v e s t r i p s a r e n o t a c c e p t a b l e . C o n d u c t o r s N o . 8
f / A W G a n d l a r g e r s h a l l b e i d e n t i f i e d b y c a b l e m a r k e r s o f t h e l o c k i n g
t a b t y p e . T a b s s h a l l b e w h i t e p l a s t i c w i t h c o n d u c t o r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n
n u m b e r p e r m a n e n t l y e m b o s s e d .
"
P A R T 3 - E X E C U T I O N
3 . 0 1 G E N E R A L
W i r e a n d c a b l e s h a l l n o t b e p u l l e d i n t o c o n d u i t s u n t i l c o n d u i t s
h a v e b e e n c l e a n e d .
" P u l l i n g w i r e a n d c a b l e i n t o c o n d u i t o r t r a y s s h a l l b e c o m p l e t e d
w i t h o u t d a m a g i n g o r p u t t i n g u n d u e s t r e s s o n t h e c a b l e i n s u l a t i o n .
S o a p s t o n e , t a l c o r U L l i s t e d p u l l i n g c o m p o u n d s a r e a c c e p t a b l e
l u b r i c a n t s f o r p u l l i n g w i r e a n d c a b l e . G r e a s e i s n o t a c c e p t a b l e .
R a c e w a y c o n s t r u c t i o n s h a l l b e c o m p l e t e a n d p r o t e c t e d f r o m t h e
w e a t h e r b e f o r e c a b l e i s p l a c e d .
W h e n e v e r a c a b l e l e a v e s a r a c e w a y , a c a b l e s u p p o r t s h a l l
b e p r o v i d e d .
W h e n f l a t b a r c o n n e c t i o n s a r e m a d e w i t h u n p l a t e d b a r , t h e
C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l s c r a t c h - b r u s h a n d l u b r i c a t e t h e c o n t a c t a r e a s
" w i t h j o i n t c o m p o u n d , A t l a n t i c N o . 6 2 , A l c o a N o . 2 E J C , o r e q u a l .
B o l t s a n d o t h e r h a r d w a r e s h a l l b e l u b r i c a t e d w i t h t h e s a m e
c o n t a c t a i d . B o l t s s h a l l b e t o r q u e d t o t h e b u s m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s
r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s . J o i n t c o m p o u n d s h a l l n o t c o n t a i n g r i t o r m e t a l l i c
p a r t i c l e s .
"
"
"
3 . 0 2 6 0 0 V O L T C O N D U C T O R A N D C A B L E
C o n d u c t o r s i n p a n e l s a n d e l e c t r i c a l e q u i p m e n t , N o . 6 A W G
a n d s m a l l e r , s h a l l b e b u n d l e d a n d l a c e d a t i n t e r v a l s n o t g r e a t e r
t h a n 6 i n c h e s , s p r e a d i n t o t r e e s a n d c o n n e c t e d t o t h e i r r e s p e c t i v e
t e r m i n a l s . L a c i n g s h a l l b e m a d e u p w i t h p l a s t i c c a b l e t i e s .
L a c i n g i s n o t n e c e s s a r y i n p l a s t i c p a n e l w i r i n g d u c t .
1 6 1 2 0 - 4
3.02
Slack shall be provided in junction and pull boxes, handholes
and manholes. Slack shall be sufficient to allow cables or
• conductors to be routed along the walls of the box.
Conductors crossing hinges shall be bundled into groups not
exceeding 12 and shall be so arranged that they will be protected
from chafing when the hinged member is moved.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Stranded conductors shall be terminated as described in
paragraph 16120-2.06 A except where terminals will not accept such
terminations. In these cases, the conductors shall be terminated
directly on the terminal block. Compression lugs and connectors
shall be installed using manufacturer's recommended tools.
Raceway fill limitations shall be as defined by NFPA No. 70
and the following:
1. No conduit shall have a fill exceeding 40 percent of
the conduit's cross-sectional area.
2. Conductors: operating at different voltages shall be
in separate raceways as follows:
a. 15 kV power conductors.
b. 5 kV power conductors.
c. 100 to 600 volt power and control conductors.
d. Below 100 volt signal conductors.
e. Direct current, 125V and below, power conductors.
3. Power conductors from different MCCs serving similar
pieces of equipment with the same function shall be
in separate raceways.
4. Conductors whose size differs by more than 3 number
classes shall not be in the same raceway.
Conductors and cable shall be tagged as specified in paragraph
16120-2.06 D.
Terminations at 460 volt motors shall be made by bolt -
connecting the lugged connectors. The connection shall be
wrapped in a minimum of two 2 -1/2 -lapped layers of Scotch No. 33,
or equal, tape. Connectors having irregular surfaces shall be
padded using Scotchfill brand insulating putty, Plymouth Slipknot
Filler Tape, or equal. In -line splices and tees shall be made with
tubular compression connectors and insulated as specified for motor
terminations, except that conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller may be
spliced using self -insulating connectors as specified in paragraph
16120-2.06 A. Splices and tees in underground handholes or pull
boxes shall be insulated using Scotch -cast epoxy resin splicing
kits. Terminations at devices with 120V pigtail leads shall be
made using self -insulating tubular compression connectors.
16120-5
3.02
Splices shall not be made in conductors except at boxes,
outlets, devices supplied with pigtails, or cabinets. Splices
• will not be permitted in conduit bodies.
Conductor and cable markers shall be provided at splice points.
3.03 5 KV AND 15 KV CABLE
• (NOT IN CONTRACT)
3.04 PORTABLE CORD
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
3.05 TESTING
The Contractor shall test conductors and cable rated 600 volts
in accordance with paragraph 16000-3.03 B. Cable rated 5 kV and
15 kV shall be tested as specified in the following paragraphs.
•
•
•
•
•
•
**END OF SECTION**
16120-6
DIVISION 17
INSTRUMENTATION
Section Title
17000 INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS CONTROL
17100 PANELWORK
17200 PROCESS INSTRUMENTS
17205 ACCESSORIES
17990 SCHEDULES
SECTION 17000
INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS CONTROL
•
•
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies requirements for instrumentation and
process control systems listed on the Division 17 fly sheet on
the previous page. Additional requirements applying to specific
classes of equipment and systems are specified in individual
sections.
The complete process control and instrumentation system shall
be provided under the supervision of a single entity (ISC), chosen
by the Contractor, which is regularly engaged in the design and
installation of pneumatic and electronic process control systems
• of similar scope and complexity.
The Contractor shall provide, calibrate, and test the complete
process control and instrumentation system. The Contractor shall
also place the completed system in operation including tuning loops
and making final adjustments to instruments as required during
• plant start-up. He shall provide the services of skilled instrument
technicians for testing and adjustment activities.
The Contractor shall examine the drawings and specifications to
determine actual locations, sizes, materials and ratings of process
connections.
•
•
•
•
B. DEFINITIONS:
1. GENERAL: The definitions of terminology used in
these specifications shall be as defined in ISA Standard S51.1
unless otherwise specified.
2. SOLID STATE: Circuitry or components of the type which
convey electrons by means of solid materials such as crystals or
which work on magnetic principles such as ferrite cores. Vacuum
tubes, gas tubes, slide wires, stepping motors, or other devices
are not acceptable substitutes for solid state components or
circuitry.
3. INTEGRATED CIRCUIT: A number of circuit elements
inseparably associated on or within a continuous body to perform
the function of a circuit.
17000-1
1.01 C.
C. DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM:
• The process control system consists of blower capacity controls
and dissolved oxygen controls for the activated sludge aeration
system. Microprocessor -based multiloop controllers shall be
provided in the existing instrument panel for all signal processing
functions. Process variable transducers shall include both new
equipment to be provided under this contract and reuse of existing
• equipment. All reused equipment shall be recalibrated and rewired
under this contract to provide the functions specified.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. REFERENCE STANDARDS:
• This section references the following documents. They are
a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of
conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the
listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
•
•
•
•
•
Reference Title
API RP550 (1965)
ISA S5.4 (1976)
ISA RP7.1 (1956)
ISA S20 (1975)
Manual on Installation of Refinery
Instruments and Control Systems,
Part I - Process Instrumentation and
Control
Instrument Loop Diagrams
Pneumatic Control Circuit Pressure
Test
Specifications Forms For Process
Measurement and Control Instrumenta-
tion, Primary Elements, and Control
Valves
ISA 551.1 (1976) Process Instrumentation Terminology
MILSPEC Electrical Insulating Compound
MIL -I -46058C (1980)
NFPA No. 70 (1978)
Article 725
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 Remote
Control, Signalling and Power Limited
Circuits
A. GENERAL:
The Contractor shall make submittals in compliance with the
• requirements of Section 01300 and this section. The submittal
process shall be completed before fabrication of any equipment
requiring submittals.
17000-2
1.03 B.
•
•
•
•
•
B. INSTRUMENT SUBMITTALS:
The Contractor shall submit catalog cuts for instruments and
accessories to be supplied. Catalog information shall include
technical specifications and application information for each piece
of equipment. Catalog cuts shall be clearly edited to indicate
only those items, model or series of equipment which are being
submitted for approval. All extraneous materials shall be crossed
out or otherwise obliterated.
C. DRAWINGS:
Drawings shall be prepared on 24 -inch by 36 -inch drafting
media. Media shall be vellum, linen, or mylar. Drawings shall
have borders and title blocks identifying the project, system,
revisions to the drawing, and type of drawing. Each revision of a
drawing shall carry a date and brief description of the revisions.
Changes to the drawing since the last submittal shall be circled.
Diagrams shall carry a uniform and coordinated set of wire numbers
and terminal block numbers in compliance with panelwork wiring,
Section 17100, to permit cross-referencing between contract
documents and the drawings prepared by the Contractor.
1.04 PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION
A. GENERAL:
The following information shall be provided as specified.
B. MATERIAL LIST:
Within 60 days after "Notice to Proceed," the Contractor shall
• provide a list of the manufacturer and model series for each of
the major instrumentation categories listed in paragraph 17000-2.02.
C INSTRUMENT DATA:
The Contractorshallprovide data sheets for instruments and
• accessories to be supplied. Data sheets shall be from ISA S20
"Specification Forms for Process Measurement and Control Instruments,
Primary Elements, and Control Valves." All entries in the data
sheet shall be completed.
•
D. DRAWINGS:
1. GENERAL: Drawings shall be as specified in paragraph
17000-1.03 C.
2. ELEMENTARY AND LOOP DIAGRAMS: The Contractor shall
provide elementary diagrams for all discrete loops. Loop diagrams
• shall be prepared in compliance with ISA-S5.4 and shall be provided
17000-3
1.04 D.2.
•
for all analog loops. Elementary diagrams and loop diagrams shall
show circuits and devices of a system. These diagrams shall be
arranged to emphasize device elements and their functions as an aid
to understanding the operation of a system and maintaining or
troubleshooting that system. Elementary and loop diagrams shall
also show wire numbers, wire color codes, signal polarities, and
terminal block numbers.
3. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS: Connection diagrams for panels
shall be provided. Connection diagrams shall show components
of a control panel in an arrangement similar to the actual layout
of the panel. Internal wiring between devices within the panel
shall be shown on these diagrams. Wiring diagrams shall indicate
insulation color code, signal polarities, and shall show wire
•
numbers and terminal block numbers.
4. INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAMS: Interconnection diagrams
shall be provided for field wiring. Interconnection diagrams
shall show each panel and field devices. Wire numbers, cable
numbers, raceway numbers, terminalblock numbers, panel numbers,
•
and instrument tag numbers shall be shown.
5. COMPONENT FABRICATION DRAWINGS: Detailed circuit
schematics, printed circuit board drawings, and chassis layouts
shall be provided for electrical and electronic components.
• E. CERTIFICATION:
1. TEMPERATURE: Certified type test data shall be
provided to demonstrate the suitability of field electronic
devices for the specified ambient temperatures.
• 2. CORROSION: Data shall be provided showing design
features of the electronic equipment provided to protect against
damage by the specified atmospheric contaminants and specific
evidence that similarly protected electronic equipment has operated
in similar environments for a period of not less than 5 years
without failure due to corrosion.
•
F. TESTING:
The Contractor shall provide test results as specified in
paragraph 3.02 of this section.
• G. RECORD DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES:
In addition to requirements of Section 01720, drawings specified
under paragraphs 17000-1.03 C.2 and 17100-1.04 D and schedules
in Section 17990 shall be revised as necessary during the course of
the work. Following start-up but prior to acceptance of the work,
• the Contractor shall provide full-size mylar reproducible prints
17000-4
1.04 G.
•
•
•
•
of elementary, loop, connection and interconnection diagrams and
full-size sepia reproducible prints of other drawings. Prints
shall reflect the final constructed state of the instrumentation
and control systems.
H. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION:
Operating and maintenance information shall be provided in
accordance with Section 01730, items 2 through 10. In addition,
specific instruction shall be provided for the microprocessor -based
multiloop controller on how to change system constraints related to
blower and DO control. Instruction shall be in a step-by-step
format with examples.
1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. GENERAL:
Instrumentation and process control equipment shall be suitable
for operation in the ambient conditions specified.
B. ALL AREAS:
Atmospheric contaminants:
Hydrogen sulfide 0.1 mg/1
Chlorine 0.01 mg/1
Ammonia 0.5 mg/1
•
Dust 50.0 ug/m3
•
•
•
•
Electromagnetic radiation:
27-500 MHz 10 volts/m
C. CONTROL ROOMS:
Temperature 18 to 28 degrees C
Humidity 20 to 80 percent
D. INDOOR FIELD LOCATIONS:
Temperature 5 to 50 degrees C
Humidity 10 to 100 percent
E. OUTDOOR FIELD LOCATIONS:
Temperature 0 to 40 degrees C
Humidity 10 to 100 percent
Instruments mounted outdoors will be subjected to direct sun
radiation, wind driven rain, snow and dust, and ice accumulation.
F. HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS:
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
17000-5
1.06 A.1.
1.06 DESIGN CRITERIA
• A. SIGNAL TRANSMISSION:
1. GENERAL: Signal transmission between electric or
electronic instruments shall be 4-20 milliamperes and shall
operate at 24 volts DC. Signal output from transmitters and
controllers shall be current regulated and shall not be affected by
• changes in load resistance within the unit's rating. Milliampere
signals from the field shall be converted to a DC voltage signal at
the external terminals of each panel, and all instruments within
the panel shall be parallel wired. Measurement loops shall be
grounded at the aforementioned external terminals by bonding
to the instrument panel frame. The Contractor shall provide
• isolating amplifiers for field equipment possessing a grounded
input or output.
High frequency (greater than 1 kHz) pulse rate signals from
field transmitters shall be converted to DC voltage signals at
the panel.
Platinum RTD outputs shall be converted to milliampere
transmission signals at the RTD or, where specified, the RTD output
may be carried to the panel and converted to a DC voltage signal.
All other transmission systems such as impulse duration, low
• frequency pulse rate, and voltage regulated will not be permitted
except where specifically noted in the instrument schedule. When
transmitters with nonstandard outputs do occur, their output shall
be converted to 4-20 milliamperes at the field instrument.
2. SIGNAL TYPES: The following types of signals are
included in this section:
•
•
•
•
a. LOW LEVEL ANALOG: A signal that has a full
output level of 100 millivolts or less. This group includes
thermocouples and resistance temperature detectors.
b. DIGITAL CODE: Coded information such as that
derived from the output of an analog to digital conver.ter.or the
coded output from a digital computer or other digital transmission
terminal. This type includes those cases where direct line driving
is utilized and not those cases where the signal is modulated.
c. PULSE FREQUENCY: Counting pulses such as those
emitted from speed transmitters.
d. MEDIUM LEVEL ANALOG: Signals with full output
level greater than 100 millivolts but less than 30 volts, including
4-20 mA transmission.
17000-6
1.06 A.2.e.
e. MODULATED SIGNALS: Signals emanating from modems
or low level audio signals. Normal signal level is plus 4 dBm to
• minus 22 dBm. Frequency range is 300 to 3000 hertz.
f. DISCRETE EVENTS: Dry contact closures monitored
by solid state equipment. If the dry contacts are located in
enclosures containing power or control circuits, this signal shall
be treated as low voltage control.
g. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL: Contact closures monitored by
relays, or control circuits operating at less than 30 volts and
250 milliamperes.
A
h. HIGH LEVEL AUDIO SIGNALS: Audio signals exceeding
® plus 4 dBm, including loudspeaker circuits.
Signal types specified in a. through f. shall be treated as
Class 2 signal circuits as defined by NEC Article 725. Signal
types specified in g. and h. shall be treated as NEC Class 1 signal
circuits.
3. CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS: Each signal circuit shall
consist of two or more twisted and shielded conductors.
Shields are not acceptable as a signal path.
® Common ground return conductors for two or more circuits are
not acceptable.
Signal types specified in 1.06 A.2.a., b., and c. shall be run
in metallic raceways separate from each other and from other
circuit types.
Signal types specified in 1.06 A.2.d., e., and f. may be run
together in a raceway type complying with Division 16. Where open
type raceways such as continuous rigid cable supports are utilized,
double shielding shall be provided such as individual circuit
shielding plus overall cable shielding. Double shielded cables
® carrying signal types specified in 1.06 A.2.d., e., and f. may be
run in the same raceway with double shielded cables carrying signal
types 1.06 A.2.g. or h., but signal types specified in 1.06 A.2.g.
or h. shall not be run in the same cable with signal types specified
in types 1.06 A.2.d., e., or f.
• Signal types specified in 1.06 A.2.g. and h. shall be run in
cables separate from each other but may be run in a common raceway.
Any signals not complying with the above definitions shall be
classed as Power and shall be installed separate from signal
circuits and in compliance with Division 16. Separation shall be
• 12 inches minimum if both power and signal circuits are in metallic
conduit, except for circuits crossing at a 90 -degree angle.
17000-7
1.06 A.3.
•
Separation shall be 24 inches minimum if either the signal or
power circuit is not in metallic conduit, except for circuits
crossing at a 90 -degree angle.
B. POWER SUPPLY:
Unless otherwise specified, power for instrumentation equipment
shall be obtained from a 120 volt, 60 hertz distribution panelboard
® located as shown. This power is obtained from the plant's 480 volt
electrical system, is not regulated, and may carry substantial
amounts of electrical noise. The Contractor shall provide power
conversion and conditioning equipment necessary to satisfy the
requirements of the instrumentation and control system.
•
•
1.07 EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS
Certain process control equipment is furnished under other
contracts but forms an integral part of systems specified under
this contract. Such equipment is listed in the Instrument Index
in Section 17990. The Contractor shall inspect each such item
to insure that they are as described and shall provide wiring
and testing and commissioning services specified in paragraph
17000-3.02 for such items. Where such items fail to provide the
required function, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer
who will take necessary action to repair or replace the item.
• PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND QUALITY
Material shall be new, free from defects, and of the quality
specified. Each type of instrument, instrument accessory, and
• device shall be by the same manufacturer throughout the work.
Electronic equipment shall be solid state construction,
utilizing semiconductors unless otherwise specified. Printed or
etched circuit boards shall be glass epoxy of sufficient thickness
to prevent warping and shall be hand or wave soldered. Printed
• circuit boards in field mounted equipment shall be coated with two
mils of a solderable conformal coating complying with MILSPEC
MIL -I -46058C. Alignment and adjustments shall be noncritical,
stable with temperature changes or aging and accomplished with
premium grade potentiometers. Components of standard electronic
assemblies shall not be replaced with components of different
• characteristics in order to meet the performance requirements of
this specification. Parts shall be as shown in the instruction
manuals and shall be replaceable with standard commercial components
of the same description without degrading the performance of the
completed assembly.
•
17000-8
3.01 A.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
• 3.01 ERECTION
A. GENERAL:
Where erection procedures are not specified, API RP550 shall be
used as a guide.
•
Equipment shall be located so that it is readily accessible
for operation and maintenance.
B. FIELD EQUIPMENT:
• Equipment shall be installed as specified on the drawings
such that ports and adjustments are accessible for in -place testing
and calibration. Where possible, equipment shall be located
between 48 inches and 60 inches above the floor or a permanent
work platform. Instrumentation equipment shall be mounted for
unobstructed access, but mounting shall not obstruct walkways.
• Instruments shall be located as close as possible to their
associated equipment. Instruments shall not be mounted where
shock or vibration will impair their operation. Support systems
shall not be attached to process piping or mechanical equipment
except for measuring elements and valve positioners. Small panels,
less than 9 inches in any dimension, may be supported from a single
• floor stand fabricated from a double framing channel section.
Steel used for support of instrumentation systems shall be
hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Support systems including
panels shall be designed to prevent deformation greater than
1/8 inch under the attached instrument load and an external
• load of 200 pounds in any direction.
C. PROCESS CONNECTIONS:
Process connections shall be made in compliance with
paragraph 17205-3.01. Process connections shall be arranged
• where possible such that instruments may be readily removed for
maintenance without disruption of process units or draining of
large tanks or vessels. Unions shall be provided as necessary
to permit removal without rotating equipment.
D. ELECTRICAL POWER CONNECTIONS:
•
Electric power (over 30 volts), wiring and equipment shall
be in compliance with Division 16 of this specification.
Power disconnect switches shall bewithin sight of related
instrumentation equipment and shall be clearly labeled to indicate
opened and closed positions and specific equipment served. "Within
• sight of" is defined as having a clear unobstructed view from
17000-9
3.01 D.
the equipment served and within 50 feet of the equipment served.
Disconnect switches shall be mounted between 36 inches and
• 72 inches above the floor or permanent work platform. Where
an instrument location is such that the above requirements cannot
be met by a single disconnect switch, two switches, one at the
instrument and one at the work platform, shall be provided.
Jacketed flexible conduit to a maximum length of 2 feet shall be
used for all connections between instrument equipment and rigid
• raceway systems.
E. SIGNAL CONNECTIONS:
Electric signal connections to equipment shall be made
on terminal blocks or by suitable locking plug and receptacle
• assemblies. Jacketed flexible conduit shall be used between
instrument equipment and rigid raceway systems except that flexible
cable assemblies may be used where plug and receptacle assemblies
are provided and the installation is not subject to mechanical
damage in normal use. The length of flexible conduit assemblies
shall not exceed 2 feet. Flexible cable assemblies shall be used
• only where specified.
3.02 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
• Materials, equipment, and installation included under this
specification shall be inspected in accordance with these
specifications. Testing shall be performed by the Contractor
in accordance with these specifications.
No required test shall be applied without prior notice to.
• the Engineer who has the right to witness any test. At least
30 days before the commencement of any testing activity, the
Contractor shall provide a detailed step-by-step test procedure,
complete with forms for the recording of test results, testing
equipment used, and identification of the individual performing or,
if applicable, witnessing the test.
•
B. FACTORY TESTS AND INSPECTION:
Where specified, material and equipment shall be inspected and
tested to ensure that proper materials have been used during
manufacture or assembly and that parts and materials have been
• correctly assembled. Factory tests where specified shall be
performed in accordance with the relevant standards of the industry
and as detailed elsewhere in these specifications but as a minimum
shall include electrical insulation tests as applicable to any
electrical equipment and calibration/alignment tests as applicable
to any instrumentation equipment and a sufficient functional test
• to ensure proper manufacture and/or assembly of the completed
device or system.
17000-10
3.02 C.
C. DELIVERY INSPECTION:
•
•
The Contractor shall
material or equipment to
remove protective covers
the Engineer may inspect
notify the Engineer upon arrival of any
be incorporated into the work and shall
or otherwise provide access in order that
such items.
D. INSTALLED TESTS AND INSPECTION:
1. TEST REPORTS: Test reports shall be similar to the
reference forms 17000-A through 17000-K included in Section 01999.
2. PERFORMANCE DEVIATION TOLERANCES: Tolerances shall
be determined from applicable contract requirements. Where these
specifications do not specify tolerences, they shall be determined
• from manufacturer's published performance specifications. Overall
accuracy requirements for networks consisting of two or more
components shall be the root -square -summation (RSS) of the
individual component accuracy requirements. Tolerances for
each required calibration point shall be calculated and entered
on test forms prior to the commencement of the test.
3. TEST EQUIPMENT: Test equipment used to simulate
inputs and read outputs shall have a rated accuracy at the point of
measurement at least three times greater than the component under
test. Each test instrument shall be calibrated prior to the
commencement of a testing activity and at the completion of a
testing activity. Certified calibration reports traceable to the
National Bureau of Standards shall be included with the test report.
Buffer solutions and reference fluids shall be provided for all
tests of analytical equipment.
•
•
•
•
•
•
4. TESTING STAGES:
a. GENERAL: Each control loop shall be tested in the
following sequence:
Testing Sequence
Wiring and piping
Individual components
Individual loops
Loop commissioning
Form Reference
17000-A, B
17000-C through I
17000-J
17000-K
Testing of piping and wiring and individual components shall be
successfully completed with certified test reports provided to
the Engineer prior to commencement of individual loop testing,
which shall be successfully completed with certified test
reports provided to the. Engineer prior to commencement of loop
commissioning.
17000-11
"
3 . 0 2 D . 4 . b . 1 )
b . P I P I N G A N D W I R I N G T E S T I N G :
1 ) P N E U M A T I C P I P I N G S Y S T E M S : P n e u m a t i c p i p i n g
s y s t e m s s h a l l b e t e s t e d f o r l e a k s i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h I S A R P 7 . 1 .
2 ) L I Q U I D P I P I N G S Y S T E M S : ( N O T I N C O N T R A C T )
3 ) S I G N A L C A B L E : E a c h s i g n a l p a i r o r t r i a d s h a l l
" b e t e s t e d f o r e l e c t r i c a l c o n t i n u i t y . A n y p a i r o r t r i a d e x h i b i t i n g
a l o o p r e s i s t a n c e o f l e s s t h a n o r e q u a l t o 5 0 o h m s s h a l l b e d e e m e d
s a t i s f a c t o r y w i t h o u t f u r t h e r t e s t . F o r p a i r s w i t h g r e a t e r t h a n
5 0 o h m l o o p r e s i s t a n c e , t h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l c a l c u l a t e t h e e x p e c t e d
l o o p r e s i s t a n c e c o n s i d e r i n g l o o p l e n g t h a n d i n t r i n s i c s a f e t y
b a r r i e r s i f p r e s e n t , a n d l o o p r e s i s t a n c e s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e
" c a l c u l a t e d v a l u e b y m o r e t h a n 5 p e r c e n t .
E a c h s h i e l d d r a i n c o n d u c t o r s h a l l b e t e s t e d f o r c o n t i n u i t y .
S h i e l d d r a i n c o n d u c t o r r e s i s t a n c e s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e l o o p
r e s i s t a n c e o f t h e p a i r o r t r i a d .
" E a c h c o n d u c t o r ( s i g n a l a n d s h i e l d d r a i n ) s h a l l b e t e s t e d f o r
i n s u l a t i o n r e s i s t a n c e w i t h a l l o t h e r c o n d u c t o r s i n t h e c a b l e
g r o u n d e d .
I n s t r u m e n t s u s e d f o r c o n t i n u i t y m e a s u r e m e n t s s h a l l h a v e a
r e s o l u t i o n o f 0 . 1 o h m s a n d a n a c c u r a c y o f b e t t e r t h a n 0 . 1 p e r c e n t
" o f r e a d i n g p l u s 0 . 3 o h m s . A 5 0 0 v o l t m e g o h m m e t e r s h a l l b e u s e d f o r
i n s u l a t i o n r e s i s t a n c e m e a s u r e m e n t s .
c . I N D I V I D U A L C O M P O N E N T C A L I B R A T I O N A N D T E S T : . E a c h
i n s t r u m e n t a n d f i n a l e l e m e n t s h a l l b e f i e l d c a l i b r a t e d i n a c c o r d a n c e
w i t h t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r e c o m m e n d e d p r o c e d u r e . I n s t r u m e n t s s h a l l
" t h e n b e t e s t e d i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h I S A 5 5 1 . 1 a n d t h e d a t a e n t e r e d o n
t h e a p p l i c a b l e t e s t f o r m . A l a r m t r i p s , c o n t r o l t r i p s , a n d s w i t c h e s
s p e c i f i e d i n S e c t i o n 1 7 2 0 5 s h a l l b e s e t t o i n i t i a l v a l u e s a t t h i s
t i m e . F i n a l e l e m e n t s s h a l l b e c h e c k e d f o r r a n g e , d e a d b a n d , a n d
s p e e d o f r e s p o n s e .
" A n y c o m p o n e n t w h i c h f a i l s t o m e e t t h e r e q u i r e d t o l e r a n c e s s h a l l
b e r e p a i r e d b y t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r e r o r r e p l a c e d , a n d t h e a b o v e t e s t s
r e p e a t e d u n t i l t h e c o m p o n e n t i s w i t h i n t o l e r a n c e .
d . L O O P T E S T : E a c h i n s t r u m e n t l o o p s h a l l b e t e s t e d
a s a n i n t e g r a t e d s y s t e m . T h i s t e s t s h a l l b e d e s i g n e d t o v e r i f y
" t h a t i n d i c a t o r s o r r e c o r d e r s o p e r a t e c o r r e c t l y , f u n c t i o n m o d u l e s
p r o v i d e p r o p e r s i g n a l , c o n d i t i o n i n g a l a r m s o p e r a t e c o r r e c t l y , f i n a l
e l e m e n t s m o v e i n t h e c o r r e c t d i r e c t i o n , a n d c o n t r o l t r i p s c a u s e
p r o p e r a c t i o n i n i n t e r l o c k i n g o r c o n t r o l c i r c u i t s . T h i s t e s t s h a l l
a l s o c h e c k c a l i b r a t i o n f r o m t r a n s m i t t e r t o r e a d o u t c o m p o n e n t s .
S i g n a l s s h a l l b e i n j e c t e d a t t h e s i g n a l c o n n e c t i o n t o p r i m a r y
" m e a s u r i n g e l e m e n t s .
1 7 0 0 0 - 1 2
3.02 D.4.d.
r
•
If any output device fails to indicate within required
tolerance, corrections to the loop circuitry shall be made as
necessary and the test repeated until all outputs are within
tolerance. If any final element moves in the wrong direction or
fails to move over the required range, corrections shall be made as
necessary and the test repeated until final element action is
correct.
e. CLOSED -LOOP COMMISSIONING TEST: Commissioning
test shall demonstrate stable operation of the loop under actual
operating conditions. This test shall include adjustment of closed
loop tuning parameters.
Tuning parameters (proportional gain, integral time constant
• and derivative time constant) for each control loop shall be
adjusted to provide 1/4 -amplitude damping. A chart recording
showing loop response to a step disturbance shall be provided for
each loop. Tuning parameters shall also be shown on the chart.
Two charts shall be made for cascade loops, one showing the
secondary loop response with its set point on manual and the second
• showing overall loop response. Each control loop with "batch"
feature shall be adjusted to provide optimum response following
start-up from an integral action saturation condition. Chart
recording shall be provided showing this response and the setting,
where adjustable, of the antireset-windup unit. Chart recordings
shall be made at sufficient speed and amplitude to clearly show
• 1/4 -amplitude damping and shall be annotated to show loop number
and title, settings of parameters, and set point. Trace shall
permit observation of any controller error or offset.
The Contractor shall provide a report certifying that best
possible tuning has been completed for each control loop and
• that 1/4 -amplitude damping has been achieved. If 1/4 -amplitude
damping is not achieved, damping actually achieved and recommended
corrections shall be reported.
•
•
•
**END OF SECTION**
17000-13
SECTION 17100
• PANELWORK
•
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies panels, cabinets, and consoles which
support and enclose control and communication equipment.
Additionally, this section specifies interconnection wiring
• and electrical accessories such as switches, pilot lights,
annunciators, relays, and fuses which are normally included in
panels.
B. TYPES:
• (NOT IN CONTRACT)
C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
General requirements for panelwork are specified in Section
17000.
•
•
•
•
•
1.02 REFERENCES
This section references the following documents. They are
a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of
conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the
listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
Reference Title
NEMA ICS 2-78 Industrial Control Devices, Controllers,
and Assemblies
NEMA ICS 6-78 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and
Systems
NFPA No. 70-1980 National Electric Code
UL 94-80
IEEE 472-1974
Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials
and Parts in Devices and Appliances
Guide for Surge Withstand Capacility (SWC)
Tests
17100-1
1.03
1.03 SUBMITTALS
The following information shall be submitted in accordance with
Section 01300:
Panel fabrication drawings showing front views, outlines
and structural supports for mounted equipment. Drawings
shall be as specified in paragraph 17000-1.03 C.
•
1.04 PANEL DESIGN
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
® PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONSTRUCTION
Panelwork shall be designed to withstand a Zone 4 earthquake
as defined by UBC. Structures and equipment shall be braced to
® prevent damage from specified forces. Equipment shall not be
required to function properly during periods of seismic disturbance
but shall be capable of manual restart following a disturbance.
Face -mounted instruments that are more than 6 inches deep,
weigh more than 10 pounds, or exert more than a 4 ft -lb moment
® force on the face of the panel shall be supported underneath
at the rear by a 1 -inch x 1/8 -inch thick steel angle.
Face -mounted equipment shall be flush or semiflush with
flat -black escutcheons.
2.02 HEATING AND VENTILATING
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
2.03 PAINTING
•
Metal surfaces of panels, cabinets, and consoles shall
be painted in conformance with the paint manufacturer's
recommendations. Scratches or blemishes in panel faces shall
be filled prior to finishing. Finish paint shall be not less than
two coats of an aliphatic air-dry polyurethane or epoxy panel
® enamel. Cabinet interiors shall be Fed. Std. color 27880, white.
Exterior color of cabinets mounted outdoors shall be Fed. Std.
color 27722, white. Exterior color of cabinets mounted indoors
shall be Fed. Std. 26306, gray.
i
17100-2
2.04
2.04 NAMEPLATES
• Machine engraved laminated black phenolic nameplates with white
lettering shall be provided for panel mounted equipment. Nameplate
engraving shall be as specified and shall carry the instrument tag
number in 3/32 -inch minimum size lettering on the bottom line.
Nameplates shall be attached to the panel with a minimum of two
self -tapping stainless steel sheet metal screws. The Contractor
• agrees that nameplate wording may be changed without additional
cost or time if changes are made prior to commencement of engraving.
Machine embossed adhesive labels shall identify tag number of
instruments inside panels.
• Nameplates shall be attached to panel surfaces, not to
instruments.
2.05 INTERCONNECTION WIRING AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES
•
A. INTERCONNECTION WIRING:
Power and control wiring shall be single conductor stranded
copper NFPA No. 70 Type MTW No. 16 AWG minimum. Wiring for signal
types in paragraph 17000-1.06 A.2.c, d, e, f, g, and h shall be
No. 16 AWG stranded copper NFPA No. 70 Type MTW. Wiring for signal
types in paragraph 17000-1.06 A.2.a and b shall be provided with
• instruments and run continuously from measuring element to receiving
instrument without splices.
Wiring shall be supported independently of terminations by
lacing to panel support structure or by slotted flame retardant
plastic wiring channels. Wiring channels shall comply with UL 94,
• Type V-1. Wiring channel fill shall not exceed 40 percent.
Wiring shall be tagged at terminations with machine printed
plastic sleeves. Wire numbers shall consist of three parts. The
prefix of the wire number shall be the instrument loop number. If
an instrument loop number is not available, the lowest mechanical
• equipment number of all final drives in the circuit shall be used.
Following the prefix shall be a code letter. Code letters and wire
colors are given in the following tables:
•
s
Description
Code 120V AC wire Color
L Power Red
C Control Violet
N Neutral White
PG Ground Green
17100-3
2.05 A.
Description
Code 24V DC wire Color
SP Power supply Black
S Signal Black, white
SG Signal ground White
PG Equipment ground Green
• The third part of the wire number shall be a number that
identifies wires in a circuit that are electrically identical.
Wiring shall comply with the requirements of NFPA No. 70 as a
minimum. Plug strips with grounding type receptacles shall be
provided for 120V AC power supply connections. Each piece of
• equipment shall be provided with an NFPA No. 70 Type SJ cord with
molded -on grounding type plug for AC power connection. Panelwork
shall contain no exposed connections, and adjustments to equipment
shall be made without exposing these terminals. Power and control
wiring shall be carried in covered channels or EMT raceways separate
from low voltage signal circuits.
s
•
•
•
Terminal blocks shall be strap screw type rated for 300 volts.
Each terminal strip shall have a unique identifying alphanumeric
code at one end and a vinyl marking strip running the entire length
of the terminal strip with a unique number for each terminal.
Numbers shall be machine printed and 1/8 inch high. Wire connectors
shall be locking fork tongue or ring tongue insulated crimp type
terminals. Terminal blocks carrying more than 100 volts shall have
clear plastic covers so terminal numbers are visible. No more than
two connections shall be made to one terminal. Terminal blocks
shall be Buchanan 0621-1, Allen-Bradley 1492-F3175, or equal.
Except for low level signals, field connections shall be to
separate terminal blocks. Terminal blocks for field terminations
shall be in a separate part of the panel close to where the field
cables enter the panel.
Circuits shall be fused. Fuses shall be 1/4 x 1-1/4 inch.
Fuses on 120V AC circuits shall be ceramic tube type with
25,000 amperes interrupting capacity at 125 volts and neon blown
fuse indicator lamps. Fuses for 24V DC circuits shall be fast
acting glass tube type rated 1/8 or 1/10 amp for 4-20 mA loops
and 1/2 amp for the power supply to individual instruments. Fuse
holders for 120V AC shall be drawout type and molded from melamine
plastic.
Two 1/4 -inch by 1 -inch copper buses shall be provided over the
length of panels: one for signal and shield grounding, and one for
equipment and cabinet grounding. The signal ground bus shall be
mounted on insulated stand-offs, and the entire signal ground
system bonded to the cabinet ground system at a single point.
17100-4
2.05 B.
B. PILOT DEVICES:
•
•
•
Indicating lights, pushbuttons and selector switches shall
be miniature oiltight units. Contact blocks in control circuits
shall be NEMA ICS, 8150, rated 5 amperes inductive at 120 volts AC.
Contact blocks for signal circuits shall be rated 0.06 amperes at
30 volts AC or DC and shall be hermetically sealed reed switches.
Pilot lights for 120 volt AC circuits shall be transformer type
with 6.3 volt lamp. Pilot lights for 24 volt circuits shall be
rated 28 volts. Where group lamp test circuits are not specified,
individual pilot light assemblies shall be "push -to -test" type.
Pilot lights shall be capable of being changed from the front of
the panel without special tools.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Panel mounted instruments shall be mounted in the space now
occupied by the existing dissolved oxygen indicator and Rexnord
blower capacity controller in the instrument panel. A new mounting
• plate shall be provided to cover present cutouts and hold the new
multiloop controllers. Existing wiring tothe removed devices
shall be removed back to the panel terminal blocks. The new plate
shall be painted to match the existing panel paint.
•
•
•
•
**END OF SECTION**
17100-5
SECTION 17200
• PROCESS INSTRUMENTS
•
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies requirements for individual components
which may be required to provide a process control system. The
presence of an instrument specification in this section does not
• infer that that particular instrument will appear in the work.
•
B. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
General requirements for process instruments are specified in
Section 17000. Specific applications for the instruments described
in this section are specified in Section 17990.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section references the following documents. They are
a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of
• conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the
listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
•
•
•
•
Reference
ANSI/ISA-551.1
ANSI -C33.30
Title
Process Instrumentation Terminology
Industrial Control Equipment for Use
in Hazardous Locations
NEMA-ICS6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and
Systems
ANSI B16.5 Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ASTM A276
JIC P-1-1975
SAMA RC5-10
21-4
Stainless and Resisting Steel Bars and
Shapes
Pneumatic Standards for Industrial
Equipment
Resistance Thermometers
Temperature -Resistance Values for Resistance
Thermometer Elements of Platinum, Nickel
and Copper
17200-1
SECTION 17200
PROCESS INSTRUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. SCOPE:
This section specifies requirements for individual components
which may be required to provide a process control system. The
presence of an instrument specification in this section does not
infer that that particular instrument will appear in the work.
B. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
General requirements for process instruments are specified in
Section 17000. Specific applications for the instruments described
in this section are specified in Section 17990.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section references the following documents. They are
a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of
conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the
listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
Reference
ANSI/ISA-551.1
ANSI -C33.30
NEMA-ICS6
ANSI B16.5
ASTM A276
JIC P-1-1975
SAMA RC5-10
21-4
Title
Process Instrumentation Terminology
Industrial Control Equipment for Use
in Hazardous Locations
Enclosures for Industrial Controls and
Systems
Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
Stainless and Resisting Steel Bars and
Shapes
Pneumatic Standards for Industrial
Equipment
Resistance Thermometers
Temperature -Resistance Values for Resistance
Thermometer Elements of Platinum, Nickel
and Copper
17200-1
"
1 . 0 2
R e f e r e n c e T i t l e
" N F P A - 7 0 N a t i o n a l E l e c t r i c a l C o d e
A N S I M C 9 6 . 1 T e m p e r a t u r e M e a s u r e m e n t T h e r m o c o u p l e s
S A M A R C 8 - 1 0 T h e r m o c o u p l e T h e r m o m e t e r s ( P y r o m e t e r s )
" 1 . 0 3 D E F I N I T I O N S
T h e f o l l o w i n g t e r m s u s e d i n t h i s s e c t i o n s h a l l b e a s d e f i n e d i n
A N S I / I S A - S 5 1 . 1 :
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
T i m e c o n s t a n t
P r o p o r t i o n a l a c t i o n
P r o p o r t i o n a l a c t i o n g a i n
I n t e g r a l a c t i o n
I n t e g r a l a c t i o n t i m e c o n s t a n t
D e r i v a t i v e a c t i o n
D e r i v a t i v e a c t i o n t i m e c o n s t a n t
A c c u r a c y
R e p e a t a b i l i t y
D e a d b a n d
P A R T 2 - P R O D U C T S
2 . 0 1 M E A S U R I N G E L E M E N T S A N D T R A N S M I T T E R S
A . G E N E R A L :
U n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d , m e a s u r i n g e l e m e n t s a n d t r a n s m i t t e r s
s h a l l c o m p l y w i t h t h e f o l l o w i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s :
1 . O u t p u t i n d i c a t o r s c o m p l y i n g w i t h p a r a g r a p h 1 7 2 0 5 - 2 . 1 1
s h a l l b e p r o v i d e d w i t h a n y t r a n s m i t t e r t h a t d o e s n o t
i n c l u d e a n i n t e g r a l i n d i c a t o r . I n d i c a t o r s s h a l l b e
c a l i b r a t e d i n p r o c e s s u n i t s a n d s a i d u n i t s s h a l l b e
e n g r a v e d o n t h e i n d i c a t o r s c a l e .
2 . T r a n s m i t t e r s s h a l l b e t w o - w i r e t y p e w i t h o p e r a t i n g
p o w e r d e r i v e d f r o m t h e s i g n a l t r a n s m i s s i o n c i r c u i t .
3 . T r a n s m i t t e r o u t p u t s h a l l b e 4 t o 2 0 m A , c u r r e n t
r e g u l a t e d a n d s h a l l d r i v e a n y l o a d b e t w e e n 0 a n d
5 5 0 o h m s w i t h t h e p o w e r s u p p l y a t 2 3 v o l t s D C .
4 . T r a n s m i t t e r s h a l l m e e t s p e c i f i e d p e r f o r m a n c e
r e q u i r e m e n t s w i t h l o a d v a r i a t i o n s w i t h i n t h e r a n g e o f
0 - 6 0 0 o h m s w i t h p o w e r s u p p l y a t 2 4 v o l t s D C .
5 . T r a n s m i t t e r o u t p u t s h a l l b e e l e c t r i c a l l y i s o l a t e d .
1 7 2 0 0 - 2
2.01 A.
•
•
•
•
•
6. Time constant of transmitters used for flow or pressure
measurement including level transmitters used for flow
measurement shall be adjustable from 0.5 to 5.0 seconds.
7. Where direction of increasing signal from transmitters
and controllers is not specified, Contractor shall
arrange circuits so that equipment stops and valves
close on failure of current or voltage signals.
8. Contact outputs used for alarm shall be normally
closed and shall open on alarm. (If a solid state
logic signal is used between signal trips and the
annunciator, this requirement shall not apply.)
9. Contact outputs used to control equipment shall be
normally open and shall close to start the equipment.
10. Contact outputs shall be suitable for switching logic
level circuits and shall be rated not less than
100 MA at 28 volts DC.
11. Measuring element and transmitter enclosures shall be
rated Type 4 per NEMA-ICS6.
B. LEVEL:
C. PRESSURE:
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
Pressure transmitters shall be capacitance or resonant -wire
type. Span shall be adjustable over a 5:1 or greater range. Zero
suppression capability shall be provided. Static pressure rating
• shall be 500 psig or greater. Overrange capacity without affecting
calibration shall be not less than 200 percent of maximum range.
Volumetric displacement at maximum span shall not exceed 0.01 cubic
inch. Adjustable dampening shall be provided. Unless otherwise
specified, wetted parts shall be type 316 stainless steel.
External zero adjustments shall be provided. Differential pressure
• transmitters shall be provided with two 1/2 -inch NPT process
connections on 2.125 -inch centers for direct flange mounting of
3 -valve manifold specified in paragraph 17205-2.05, and four
1/4 -inch NPT plugged vent/drain ports.
Accuracy shall 0.25 percent of span, repeatability 0.05 percent
• of span or better. Output shall be 4-20 mA as specified in 17200-
2.01 A or variable frequency. Transmitters shall be Foxboro 823DP,
Rosemont 1151DP(R), or equal.
•
D. (NOT IN CONTRACT)
E. FLOW:
1. (NOT IN CONTRACT)
17200-3
2.01 E.2.a.
2. DIFFERENTIAL:
• a. (NOT IN CONTRACT)
b. ORIFICE PLATE ASSEMBLIES: Assembly shall include
an orifice flange union and orific plate in compliance with ASME
PTC 10.5.4 and ISA-RP-3.2 except that quadrant -edge bore shall be
provided in compliance with the Delft Report 1312M for Reynolds
• numbers below 50,000 at maximum flow.
Orifice flanges shall be ANSI 300 -pound raised face welding
neck type with flange taps and jack screws for sizes above
2 inches. For sizes 2 inches and smaller, factory fabricated
metering tubes shall be provided. Meter connections shall be
• 1/2 inch NPT on 2.125 -inch centers. Flange and gasket material
shall comply with the piping specifications.
Orifice plates shall be 316 stainless steel concentric bore
paddle type. Orifice plate supplier shall provide calculations
and bore the plate for the required characteristics.
•
E. through B: (NOT IN CONTRACT)
I. ELECTRIC POWER:
1. POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS: Transformer shall be a
• two -winding instrument type and shall have an ANSI accuracy of
0.6W and 1.2X. Transformers shall be provided with primary fuses
and shall be Square D Model 460, Westinghouse Type PPI, or equal.
2. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS: Current transformers shall be
window type and shall have ANSI accuracy of 1.2B0.1. Transformers
• shall be Square D Model 180, Westinghouse Type IMC, or equal.
3. WATT TRANSDUCER: Transducer shall be a solid state
unit with 0 to 5.ampere and 0 to 120 volt input and 4 to 20 milli-
amperes into 0 to 600 ohm output. Accuracy shall be 0.5 percent,
and unit shall meet ANSI C37.90a surge withstand test. Power
• supply shall be 120 volts, 60 hertz. Transducer shall be Rochester
Instrument Systems PCE-15, Scientific Columbus XL31K5P, or equal.
•
2.02, 2.03, 2.04 and 2.05
(NOT IN CONTRACT)
2.06 DIGITAL PROCESS CONTROL STATIONS
A. GENERAL:
• Digital process control station shall be an eight -loop multiloop
controller in a drawout panel -mounted case. Operator readouts and
adjustments shall beface mounted, and configuration and tuning
17200-4
2.06 A.
•
•
adjustments shall be on a side panel, accessible when the control
station is in the drawout position. Controller shall remain
connected to the process in the drawout position.
The controller shall be preprogrammed to emulate control
functions normally provided by conventional analog control modules.
Configuration to a specific process shall consist of assigning
inputs, outputs, preprogrammed functions, and scale factors for
process units. All operator displays shall be in process units and
outputs shall be in percent of full scale.
Controller power supply shall be 100 to 130 volts, 48 to
63 hertz. Controller dimensions shall be nominally 200 millimeters
high by 180 millimeters wide by not more than 650 millimeters
• deep. Operating system and preprogrammed functions shall be stored
in nonvolatile read-only memory. Configuration software shall
be stored in CMOS random access memory with battery backup.
B. INPUT/OUTPUT:
• Input/output capacity shall be as follows:
Type Quantity
•
•
•
•
Analog inputs 15
Analog outputs 8
Discrete inputs 16
Discrete outputs 8
Analog inputs shall be 1 to 5 volts into not less than 250,000 ohms.
Common mode rejection shall be not less than 80 dB at 60 hertz and
input filtering shall be 3 dB at 30 hertz nominal. Analog outputs
shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes into 0 to 800 ohms. Discrete inputs
shall be dry contacts excited by the controller. Contact sense
voltage shall be 24 to 48 volts, and contact current shall be 3 to
5 milliamperes. Contact inputs shall be optically isolated.
Discrete outputs shall be open collector rated 300 milliamperes
at 24 volts DC.
C. PREPROGRAMMED FUNCTIONS:
The controller shall as minimum provide the following
preprogrammed functions:
1. CONTROL FUNCTIONS (per ISA S51.1):
a. Proportional (P)
b. Integral (I)
c. Derivitive (D)
d. Differential gap
e. Ratio
f. Cascade
17200-5
2.06 C.2.
2, MATHEMATICAL FUNCTIONS:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
a. Add
b. Subtract
c. Multiply
d. Divide
e. Absolute
f. Square root
g. Exponential
h. Logarithm (natural and base 10)
i. Polynomial (third order)
3. LIMIT FUNCTIONS:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Low select
High select
Low limit
High limit
Transfer on discrete
Transfer on analog
4. DYNAMIC FUNCTIONS:
a. Lead/lag (ISA 551.1)
b. Dead time
c. Velocity limit
d. Totalize
5. BATCH FUNCTIONS:
a. Transfer on signal value
b. Time based signal transfer
c. Transfer on discrete status
6. ALARM FUNCTIONS:
a. Absolute
b. Deviation
c. Rate of change
Controller shall perform all functions including analog to digital
conversion with 15 bit resolution or better. Digital to analog
conversion shall be 8 bit or better. Basic instruction cycle shall
be 500 nanoseconds or better, and floating point multiply shall be
350 microseconds or better.
D. OPERATOR INTERFACE:
The operator interface shall include dedicated deviation
indicators and automatic/cascade/manual status indicators for each
• of eight loops. Set point, process variable, and output indicators
shall be provided that may be assigned to any of the eight loops
17200-6
2.06 D.
with loop selection pushbuttons. Front panel pushbuttons shall
also permit manual adjustment of set point, and when control loop
• is in the manual mode, manual adjustment of the output for each
loop. An additional indicator shall selectively display the
value of any analog input, discrete input, discrete output, ratio
constant, bias constant, or alarm number. Annunciator windows
shall indicate alarm types; input, process variable, deviation, or
self -diagnostic. An alarm horn and silence pushbutton shall be
• provided.
E. SELF -DIAGNOSTICS:
The controller shall continually check its operation and shall
generate an alarm if a fault is detected.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXECUTION
•
•
Manufacturer's installation instructions and paragraph 17000-
3.01 shall be strictly adhered to in the erection of process
instrumentation. Where conflicts arise between the requirements
of Section 17000 and the manufacturer's installation instructions,
the Engineer shall he consulted for resolution.
3.02 CALIBRATION
A. GENERAL:
Each instrument, except as noted below, shall be calibrated
on site by an instrument technician who, by virtue of an acceptable
• training course or documentable experience, is qualified to
calibrate that instrument. Acceptable training shall include
successful completion of the manufacturer's training course or
successful completion of applicable technical courses in a
recognized trade school. Where field calibration is not feasible
(e.g., vibration equipment, magnetic flow tubes, etc.), certified
• instrumentation calibration reports may be substituted for field
test data subject to prior written approval of the Engineer.
A request to submit certified calibration data in lieu of field
calibration data shall include the name and address of the
laboratory selected to provide off -site calibrations and a detailed
description of field test and inspection activities which will be,
• performed to supplement off -site calibration activities in order
to ensure proper installation and freedom from damage subsequent
to the off -site test.
•
The following instruments shall be considered calibrated
providing applicable physical dimensions are field verified by
the calibration technician:
17200-7
3.02 A.
•
A.1 Bubbler
D.2.b Orifice plate
D.2.c Flow tube
B. CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT:
The Contractor shall provide all tools, reference fluids,
and equipment required to calibrate each instrument. Test
• instruments used to simulate inputs and read outputs shall be
suitable for the purpose and shall have a rated accuracy at least
three times greater at the measurement value than the required
accuracy of the instrument being calibrated. Each test instrument
shall be certified by an established calibration laboratory prior
to the commencement of testing and recertified after completion of
• testing to verify accuracy throughout the testing period.
C. CALIBRATION PROCEDURE:
Each analog instrument shall be calibrated at zero, specified
full scale, and at a point near midrange. Each current trip
• and pressure switch shall be adjusted to the required setting(s).
All test data shall be entered on test forms acceptable in content
to the Engineer. The ISC shall design the format of the test forms
so that the form contains all information needed by the Owner to
recalibrate and maintain the instrument. As a minimum, the test
form shall include all applicable contract requirements, pertinent
• instrument manufacturer published performance specifications for
performance parameters not specified in the contract, time span
between calibrations, calibration points, actual calibrated values,
and permissible tolerances at each point of calibration. A report
shall be delivered to the Engineer, containing all instruments
listed by instrument number, certifying that each instrument
• has been calibrated and meets contract requirements. For each
instrument, the report shall include the test form, with test data
entered, together with a statement of defects noted and corrective
action taken. Any instrument which fails to meet any contract
requirement, or any published manufacturer performance specifi-
cations for functional and operational parameters not specified in
• the contract, shall be repaired or replaced, at the discretion of
the Engineer, at no cost to the Owner.
Final element alignment shall be tested and adjusted to
verify that each final element operates smoothly over its range
in response to instrumentation control signals. Unless otherwise
• indicated, final elements shall be arranged to close or go to
minimum speed when control signal is 4 mA or 3 psig. A written
report shall be submitted showing each final element by equipment
number and title; status at 0 percent, 50 percent, and 100 percent
control signals; and comments noting any behavior such as hysteresis
or nonlinearity that might adversely affect closed loop control.
•
17200-8
SECTION 17205
• ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
•
•
•
•
1.01 SCOPE
This section specifies accessories for communication and
process control equipment that is specified in other sections
of Division 17.
1.02 REFERENCES
This section references the following documents. They are
a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of
conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the
listed documents, the requirements of this section shall prevail.
Reference
AISI 1006
API RP550-65
Title
Manual on Installation of Refinery
Instruments and Control Systems Part 1 -
Process Instrumentation and Control,
Sections 1 through 13
ASTM A269-80 Seamless and Welded Austinitic Stainless
Steel Tubing for General Service
• ASTM 868-80 Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed
ASTM D883-80 Definition of Terms Relating to Plastics
•
•
•
ISA RP7.1-55
MIL STD 461-A
SAMA RC -10-63
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 (NOT IN CONTRACT)
Recommended Practice Pneumatic Control
Circuit Pressure Test
Electromagnetic Interference Characteristics
Requirements for Equipment
Bushings and Wells for Temperature Sensing
17205-1
2.01
2.02 (NOT IN CONTRACT)
• 2.03 (NOT IN CONTRACT)
2.04 (NOT IN CONTRACT)
2.05 THREE -VALVE MANIFOLDS
• Three -valve manifolds shall be provided for differential
pressure measurements. Manifold shall have a one-piece body of
316 stainless steel bar stock. Valves shall be globe configuration
with 316 stainless steel ball seats and Teflon stem packing.
Manifolds shall be designed for direct mounting to force -balance
differential pressure transmitters in place of the flanges normally
• furnished. Fabricated manifolds or manifolds emloying needle or
soft seat valves are not acceptable. Purge taps 1/8 inch NPT
shall be furnished on manifolds where water purge is indicated.
Manifolds shall be Anderson Greenwood M4T, Hoke 8112F8Y, or equal.
2.06 HAND VALVES AND FITTINGS
•
•
•
•
A. ROOT VALVES:
Root valves shall be type 316 stainless steel bar stock with
1/2 -inch NPT male process connection and three 1/2 -inch NPT female
instrument connections. One instrument connection shall be
provided with a type 316 stainless steel bleed valve. Type 316
stainless steel plugs shall be provided for unused ports. Lagging
type units shall be provided for insulated vessels and pipes.
Root valves shall be Anderson, Greenwood & Company M5, Hoke 6800,
or equal.
B. ISOLATION VALVES:
Isolation valves for control air lines shall be full port ball
valves with 316 stainless steel trim and body and with Teflon seats
and packing. Valves shall be Parker CPI, Whitey,. Hoke, or equal.
C. FITTINGS:
Fittings shall be type 316 stainless steel. Fittings shall be
of the swage ferrule design and shall have components (nut, body
and ferrule system) interchangeable with those of at least one
other manufacturer (flare or ball sleeve compression type are not
• acceptable). Fittings shall be Parker "CPI," Crawford "Swagelok,"
Hoke "Gyrolok," or equal.
2.07 (NOT IN CONTRACT)
2.08 (NOT IN CONTRACT)
•
17205-2
2.09
2.09 PROCESS TUBING
Instrument tubing between the process connection and
instruments shall be 1/2 inch x 0.035 inch seamless, annealed,
ASTM A269, type 316 stainless steel.
2.10 SIGNAL CABLES
A. GENERAL:
Signal cable shall be provided for instrument signal
transmission, alarm, communication and any circuit operating
at less than 100 volts. Circuits for type c, d, e, f, g and h
signals specified in paragraph 17000-1.06 A.2 shall be shielded
twisted 7 -strand copper conductor construction, color coded black
and white for pairs or black, white and red for triads. Circuit
shielding shall be provided in addition to cable shielding.
Circuits for type a and b signals specified in paragraphs 17000-
1.06 A.2 shall be provided in compliance with the instrument
manufacturer's recommendations.
B. SINGLE CIRCUIT:
Cable shall consist of one pair or triad, No. 16 AWG conductors
with 15 mils of 90 degree C polyvinylchloride (PVC) insulation,
twisted on a 2 -inch lay and covered with a 100 percent 0.35 x
0.5 mil aluminum-Mylar tape shield with No. 18 AWG 7 -strand tinned
copper drain wire and a 20 -mil polyethylene jacket overall. Cable
shall be Dekoron, Okonite, or equal.
C. MULTIPLE CIRCUIT:
Cable shall consist of four or more pairs or triads which are
made up of No. 20 AWG conductors with 15 mils of 90 degree C PVC
insulation, twisted on a staggered lay 1-1/2 to 2-1/2 inches and
covered with a 100 percent 0.35 x 0.5 mil aluminum-Mylar tape
shield with No. 22 AWG 7 -strand tinned copper drain wire. Overall
cable shield shall be 2.35 mil aluminum-Mylar tape with a No. 20
AWG 7 -strand tinned copper drain wire. Cable jacket shall be
polyethylene except for cables in trays or wireways where jacket
shall be PVC. Jackets shall be marked PE or PVC by the cable
manufacturer at 36 -inch intervals. Overall jacket thickness shall
be provided as follows:
Pairs
Triads Jacket thickness
4-8 4 50 mils
10-16 12-16 60 mils
24-50 36 70 mils
Cable shall be Dekoron, Okonite, or equal.
17205-3
2.11
2.11 RECEIVER GAGES
• Unscheduled electronic receiver gages shall be 90 -degree
movement, 2-1/2 inch milliammeters enclosed in a NEMA 7/9 meter
case. Scale shall be calibrated in process units with marks for
milliampere input. A diode shall be provided to maintain loop
continuity in case of meter movement failure. Accuracy shall be
within 2 percent of span.
2.12 through 2.13 (NOT IN CONTRACT)
2.14 DIRECT CURRENT POWER SUPPLIES
Direct current power supply shall be switching type, UL
• approved, arranged in a diode isolated parallel redundant
configuration. Line regulation from 93-132 volts shall be plus
or minus 0.05 percent maximum; load regulation between full load
and no load shall be plus or minus 0.05 percent maximum; ripple
shall not exceed 100 mV. Automatic adjustable overvoltage shutdown
with alarm and overtemperature protection shall be provided.
• Transient response for 50 percent step change in load shall be
0.1 mS or better to within 1 percent voltage with overshoot or
undershoot not to exceed 250 mW. Holdup shall be at least 30 mS.
Efficiency shall be at least 75 percent. EMI filtering of both
AC input and DC output per Mil Std - 461A, Method CE -03 (Notice 3).
40
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. PROCESS TAPS:
Unless otherwise specified, process taps shall comply with API
RP550. Root valves shall be provided at taps, except temperature
taps and pump discharge pressure taps.
B. (NOT IN CONTRACT)
C. TUBING:
Tubing shall be provided on supports spaced not more than
3 feet apart and shall be run parallel or perpendicular to walls,
structural members or intersections of vertical planes and the
• ceiling. Unless otherwise specified, tubing shall follow building
surfaces closely or shall be carried in trays or conduit. Tubing'
shall not be supported from piping or equipment except at process
taps or final operators. Tubes supported directly from concrete
shall be spaced at least 1/8 inch from concrete. Tubing support
shall be one -hole malleable iron clamps with clamp backs as
required.
17205-4
3.01 C.
Bends shall be formed to uniform radii without flattening.
Ends of tubing shall be square -cut and cleaned before being inserted
• in fittings. Compression fittings shall be used for splices, turns
and connections near instruments; bulkhead assemblies shall be
provided in panels. Instrument lines shall be cleaned with dry,
oil -free air before final connection to instruments.
Taps to horizontal air supply headers shall be made from the
• top of the pipe. Signal tubing for pneumatic power lines (air
supply connections) shall be 3/8 inch OD.
•
Signal tubing for pneumatic signals, bubbler purge, and static
lines shall be 1/4 inch OD.
D. SIGNAL WIRING:
Signal wiring shall be carried in raceways in compliance with
Division 16 except that single pairs or triads shall not be pulled
into trays or other open raceways. Where single pairs or triads
must be installed in trays, they shall be layed in by hand.
• Circuits shall be run as individually shielded twisted pairs or
triads. In no case shall a circuit be made up using conductors
from different pairs or triads. Triads shall be used wherever
3 -wire circuits are required. Triads shall not be formed by using
two pairs. Terminal blocks shall be provided at instrument cable
junctions, and circuits shall be identified at such junctions
• unless otherwise specified. Signal circuits shall be run without
splices between instruments, terminal boxes, or panels.
Unless otherwise specified, shields shall be bonded to the
signal ground bus at the control panel and isolated from ground and
other shields at other locations. Terminals shall be provided for
• running signal leads and shield drain wires through junction
boxes.
Spare circuits and the shield, drain wire shall be terminated on
terminal blocks at both ends of the cable run and be electrically
continuous through terminal boxes. Shield drain wires for
• spare circuits shall not be grounded at either end of the cable
run.
•
•
Soapstone, talc, or UL -approved pulling compound shall be used
in pulling cables into conduit or tray; grease is not acceptable.
Cable shall not be kinked nor shall insulation be abraded during
placement.
Terminal boxes shall be provided at instrument cable splices.
If cable is buried or in raceway below grade at splice, an
instrument stand shall be provided as specified with terminal
box mounted approximately 3 feet above grade.
17205-5
3.02
3.02 TESTING
• Testing is specified in paragraph 17000-3.02.
**END OF SECTION**
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
17205-6
SECTION 17990
• SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
•
This section includes specific information describing major
components of the instrumentation and process control systems.
The following schedules are included:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Paragraph Description
2.01 Instrument Index
2.02 Functional Diagrams
PART 2 - SCHEDULES
2.01 INSTRUMENT INDEX
The instrument index lists major instruments with the following
information:
Column Description
FUNCTION CODE NO. Instrument tag number as shown on the
process schematic and drawings.
DESCRIPTION Short form description of instrument type.
PANEL Panel in which instrumentis located.
FACE An * indicates instrument mounted on panel
face.
SPEC NO. Specification paragraph giving general
requirements for instrument.
NOTES Specific requirements for instrument.
All instruments specified shall be provided unless specifically
noted as furnished under other contracts.
The instrument index includes the following 10 consecutively
numbered pages.
17990-1
PAGE NO.
yee
:wR z:mi
e
e
FUNCTION
CODE NO
DESCRIPTION
PANELF :C
NO
NOTES
EXISTING INSTRUMENT PANFL
y MULTILOOP CONTROLLER 1
e z m y=am CONTROLLER 2
: s ACTIVATED ELUDzSLOWER 1 ;
e
s ± zyZ«TRANSFORMER
s a; 1LRRENT TRANSFORMER
e
a m, mRFNT TRANSFORMTR
'7' 101 CONTROL FUNCTION
ST m WATT TRANSDUCER
e
> » EXISTING BUTTERFLY VALVE
ZYd . .zzm FUNCTION
ZYL » mum FUNCTION
± ACTIVATED SLUDGEBLO2: POWER
EE ± POTENTIAL ga
IE :& CURRENT TRANSFORMER
!;
MCC
17202-2.0111 RATIO: as VOLTS
«£e RATIO: .5AMPERES
17200-2.01:2 as 5 AMPERES
! 17200-2.06
# 17200-2.0113
PC: CASCADE SETPOINT
SCALE: 6: W
E: 0-1000 WATTS
EFFECTIVE BRA
15103-2.03B y NEW wCOPERATOR
! 17200-2.06 : MOTORmL LOAD
! 17200-2.06 s =m ea Es E
MCC 17200-2.0111 RATIO: gas
P2
MCC 17200-2.6112 RATIO: 5 AMPERES
@
PAGE r'3 00{,.02
08/12/81
NDEX
UNCTION DESCRIPTION PANEL FACE SPEC
4/ CODE NO NO
NOTES
._ 102B CURRENT TRANSFORMER MCC 17200-2.0112 RATIO: 202/5 AMPERES
P2
41 IC 102 CONTROL FUNCTION UU001 17200-2.06 P+I: CASCADE SETPOINT
SCALE: 0-160KW
102 WATT TRANSDUCER MCC 17220-02.0113 :RANGE: 0-1300 WATTS
PE EFFECTIVE RANSE:2-160 W
O ?V 122 EXISTING BUTTERFLY VALVE 15103-2.038 PROVIDE NEW ELECTRIC OPERATOR
ZY 112 RATIO FUNCTION U'U00'. 17200-2.06 RATIO: 0.033
IMH _ ._OH LIMIT FUNCTION 70001 17202-2.06 SETPOINT: MOTOR FULL LOAD
It ZYL 122 LOW LIMIT FUNCTION UUJN01 17202-2.06 SETPOINT: 5% ABOVE SURGE
123 ACTIVATED SLUDGE
SLOWER 3 POWER
41 EE 123 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER MCC 172x0 -2.01I'. RAT: 480/122 VOLTS
P3
103A CURRENT TRANSFORMER MEr 17200-2.0112 YA:iO:•200/5 AMPERES
P3
4, IE 103B CURRENT TRANSFORMER MCC 17200-2.0112 RATIO: 200/5 AMPERES
P3
2IC 103 CONTROL FUNCTION UU001 17200-2.06 P+I: CASCADE SETPOINT
SCALE: 0-160KW
41 JT 103 WATT TRANSDUCER MCC 17200-2.01I3 RANGE 0-1000 WATTS
P3 EFFECTIVE RANGE: 0-160HW
?V 103 EXISTING BUTTERFLY VALVE 151033-2.03B PROVIDE NEW ELECTRIC OPERATOR
ZY 103A RATIO FUNCTION UU001 17200-2.06 RATIO: 0.03
• ZYH 103 HIGH LIMIT FUNCTION UL'001 17200-2.06 SETPOINT: MOTOR FULL LOAD
ZYL 103 LOW LIMIT FUNCTION 00001 17200-2.06 SETPOINT: 5% ABOVE SURGE
J 104 ACTIVATED SLUDGE BLOWER 4 POWER
PAGE ND. 00003
05//2153
:NS-RUM INDEX
•
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION PANE_ FACE SPEC
CODE NO NO
NOTES
-_ ]04 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER MCC 17200-2.01:1 RATIO: 450/120 VOLTS
P4
• E 104A CURRENT TRANSFORMER MCC 17200-2.0112 RATIO: 200/5 AMPERES
P4
:04D CURRENT TRANSFORMER MCC 1720!-2.01;'2 RATIO: 200/5 AMPERES
P4
• SIC 1C4 CONTROL FUNCTION OUZO! 17200-2.05 P+I: CASCADE SETPOINT
SCALE: 0-160KW
WATT RANSDU':CE„ Mot 17202-2.0113 RANGE: 0-1000 WATTS
A4 -_u:1VE RANGE: 0-150NW
• dV 104 EXISTING BUTTERFLY VALVE 15103-2.035 PROVIDE NEW ELECTRIC OPERATOR
IY 104 HIGH LIMIT FUNCTION UU001 17200-2.06 SETPOINT: MOTOR FULL LOAD
_._ 104 LOW LIMIT FUNCTION LUZ .' :72000-2.06 SETPOINT: 5% ABOVE SURGE
•
•
3. 113A C'URREN. TRANSFORMER
:E 1'055 CURRENT TRANSFORMER
•
SIC 105 CONTROL FUNCTION
105 WATT TRANSDUCER
S 105 ACTIVATED SLUDGE BLOWER 5 POWER
103 ADTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
•
7V 105 EXISTING BUTTERFLY VALVE
7Y 105A RATIO FUNCTION
ZYR 105 HIGH LIMIT FUNCTION
MCC 17200-2.0111 RATIO: 490/120 VOLTS
Pi
MCC 17200-2.0112 RATIO: 200/5 AMPERES
PI
MCC 17200-2.0112 RATIO: 200/5 AMPERES
PI
1111001 17200-2.06 P+I: CASCADE SETPOINT
SCALE: 0-150KW
MCC 17200-2.0113 RANGE: 0-1000 WATTS
P1 EFFECTIVE RANGE: 0-160KW
15103-2.0335 PROVIDE NEW ELECTRIC OPERATOR
UU001 17200-2.06 RATIO: 0.93
UU001 17200-2.06 SETPOiNT: MOTOR FULL LOAD
e
APSE a.
*se
e
e
e
e
e
e
1NSTRUMENT 1N
EUNOTION DESCRIPTION PANEL SAEC
CEO: NO NO
NETEE
J y mrFUNcTIoN
, A ms a BLOWER HEADER ARES
:y CONTROL FUNCTION
c !G CONTROL FUNCTION
! 17200-72.06 SETPOINT: 5% APOYE SURGE
ULU: 17200-2.06 m
SEALE: R!»:
s O : S a=
2 17200-2. 6 AO : CASCADE eez
SCALE: 0-10 es
GETPOINTI m 106A mee
.m J;
J PRESSURE TRANw:a 17200-2.01C E& e 0-10 PEG
ASRATIEN FLEW
AV m E c VALVE 26 PROVIDEG», Y VALVE+
OPERATOR
VENTURI TUBE
17000-1.07 EXISTING
LINE SIZE: 2:G e
THROAT: 5G
MFR: ye 2
DELTA -A; m<mE,
a m FUNCTION UU002 17200-2.06 *: CASCADE SETPOINT
SCALE: 2-3200 SCFM
m DIFFERENTIAL PRES TRANSMITTER ! «R RANGE: aa@7z
SCALE: #s
c» SORT FUNCTION . : 2 6
e m, LOW LIMITF 2 £ y n+ SCFM
e w± HIES SISNAL SELECT =a UU002 17200-2.0S
F 112 AERATION BASIN: G FLOW
AAO:.?0005
INETRLMENTI
e
CODE
FUNCTION
2
D o:a
PANEL SPEC
NO
NOTFE
LY E
e s 112 VENTURI TUBE
mG PROVIDE NEW &,w>VALVE AND
OPERATOR
:7000-1.07 EXISTING
z£ me 12 INCH ID
THROAT: wa
MFR: yE6z
G:sgINS z>
e m 9.0 w RUNCTION u E 17200-2.06 m:CASCADE ga T
SCALE:0-3000 SUM
e
e
e
e
e
DIFFFRENTIAL PRES TRANSMITTER 17200-2.01C RANGE: 0-13 w a z
SCALE:0-3000 SCFM
ua RORT F e> + 2 17200-2.06
:s LOW LIMIT PACTION UU002 17200-2.06 s ze 900 s
w HIGH= _ FUNCTION UU002. 6
APATICR BASIN , AIR FLOW
w g F E! ALVE 15103 PROVIDE NEW BUTTERFLYVALVE AND
OPERATOR
FE w .0 VENTURI TUBE 17000-1.07 EXISTING
IINE SIZE: 21G ID
THROAT: 5.810
MFR: BIF 0182-12
£«@a<INS 4l
FIC 113 CONTROL FUNCTION 2 17200-2.08 m: CASCADEs SETPOINT
SCALE: 0-20 e SCFM
m w=. E PRFS TRANSMITTER m RANGE: » 3 WC
SCALE: 0-2000 SCFM
FY o& SORT FLNCTION «r 17200-2.0S
FY 1138 LOW LIMIT n> UL1002 17200-2.06 SETPOINT: 900 SCFM
a 113 HIGH SIGNAL s SELECT FUNCTION G< 17200-2.06
" P A G E N O , Z 0 0 0 6
I N S T R U M E N T I N D E X
- ' U S C T O N D E S C R I P T I O N P A N E L F A C E S P E C
" C O D E N C N O
"
"
"
N O T E S
1 ! 4 A E R A T I O N B A S I N 4 A I R F ' _ O
A V 1 1 4 F . 0 : b , 4 r Y V A L V E
V c N T L i .
1 1 4 C O ' : ( ' ' R C _ F U N C T I O N
1 ! 4 D a r r t i _ : N T I A L E A S E S T R A N S M I T T E R
1 5 1 0 3 P R O V I D E N E W B U T T E R F L Y V A L V E A N D
O P E R A T O R
! 7 0 0 0 - 1 . 0 7 ' E X I S T I N , .
L I N E S I Z E : 1 2 I N C H I D
T H R O A T : 5 . 8 1 0
M F R : B I F 0 1 5 2 - 1 2
D E L T A - P : 1 3 . 4 3 I N S W C @ 3 0 0 0 S C F M
2 2 0 0 2 1 7 - . 0 6 Q'r i : C A S C A D E S : D I
0 ' r ' 2 0 0 - - a b . . P a - " . . : d i
S C A L E : 0 - 2 0 0 0 S C F M
1 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 1 C R A N G E : 0 . - 5 , 9 7 I N S W C
S C A L E : 0 - 2 0 0 0 S C F M
. . 4 A S O R T U N C T I O N U t 1 0 0 E 1 7 2 2 0 - 2 . 0 E
" 1 1 4 I S M S I G N A L S E L E C T F U N C T I O N U U ' 0 0 2 1 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 S
Y ' 1 1 4 8 L O W L I M I T F U N C T I O N U U 0 0 2 1 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 6 S E T P O I N T : 9 0 0 S U M
"
"
"
A E R A T I O N B A S I N 1 D I S S O L V E D O X Y
A P 3 1 2 ! A L A R M F U N C T I O N
P A I L 1 2 : A L A R M F U N C T I O N
A D A H 1 2 1 A L A R M F U N C T I O N
A E 1 2 1 A D I S S O L V E D O X Y G E N E L E M E N T
A E 1 2 1 5 - D I S S O L V E D O X Y G E N E L E M E N T
P I C 1 2 1 C O N T R O L F U N C T I O N
U U 0 0 2 1 7 2 0 2 _ . 0 6 S E T P O I N T : 2 . 2 i i i / L
U U 0 0 2 _ 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 E S E T P O I N T : 1 . 8 M G / L
u u 0 0 2 1 7 2 0 0 - 2 , 0 6 A L A R M S H A L L B E G E N E R A T E D I F
A B S I P I T I 2 I P - A I T I 2 I B i ? 0 . 3 M G & L
1 7 0 0 0 - 1 . 0 7 E X I S T I N G S U B M E R S I O N A S S E M B L Y
M F R : A N , I N C L U D E D W I T H P I T 1 2 I A
r
S U B M E R S I O N A S S E M B L Y
P R O V I D E N E W U N U N I T T O M A T C H
E X I S T I N G A E 1 2 1 A
U U 0 0 2 1 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 6 P + i
S E T P O I N T : 2 M G / L
S C A L E : 0 - 5 M G / L
PAGE NO, 2'20'27
2/53
MSTLMENT INDEX
•
UNCTION DESCRIPTION PANEL FACE SAEC
CODE NO NO
NOES
_51A DISSOLVED OXYGEN TRANSMITTER
17000-1.07 EXISTING
RANGE: 0-5-15 MG/L.
MFR:-'L8N 7531-10-02-20—'21—'_2-
120-20-03
AIT 1215 DISSOLVED OXYGEN TRANSMITTER RANGE: 0-5—:5 MG/'
PROVIDE NEW L&N LINIT TO MATC
EXISTING AIT121:-.
• NS 121 `Pt^TOR SWITCH IP * 1710.2-2.05B 2 —POSITION
NAMEPI"ATE: DO PROBE SELECT
ESCUTCHEON RING: A15
•
•
R NS 3 C.N+ DISCs FUNCTION UU002 17200-2.06 A, .21A SRA_ BE NORMAL INPUT TO
REMAINDER OF LOOP: IF H5121 IS
OPERATED, AIT121B SHALL BECOME
INPUT TO REMAINDER OF LOOP
.22 AERATION SASIN 2 DISSOLVED DXV
PAH 122 ALARM FUNCTION
PAL 122 A'_ARM FUNCTION
ADDA'H 122 ALARM FUNCTION
PE 122A DISSOLVED OXYGEN E`_EMENT
PE 1225 DISSOLVED OXYGEN ELEMENT
•
AIC 122 CONTROL FUNCTION
•
AIT 122A DISSOLVED OXYGEN TRANSMITTER
UU0 2 17200-2.06 SETPOINT: 2.2 MG/L
UU002 17220-2.06 SETPOINT: 1.5 MG/L
UU002 17200-2.06 ALARM SHALL BE GENERATED iF
ABSIAIT122A—AIT122B)70.3 MGIL
17000-1.07 EXISTING •SUBMEERSION ASSEMBLY
MFR: LAN, INCLUDE➢ WITH AIT122A
SUBMERSION ASSEMBLY
PROVIDE NEW L8N UNIT TO MATCH
EXISTING AE122A
UU002 17200-2.06 P+I
SETPOINT: 2 MGIL
SCALE: 0-5 MG/L
17000-1.07 EXISTING
RANGE: 0-5-15 MG/L
MFR: L8N 73331-10-02-20-01-10-
120-20-03
PAGE «,
08112/53
IMSTRUMEN7
e
e
e
e
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION PANEL FACE s
CODE e NO
NOTES
1A DISSOLVED m£TRANSMITTER
RANGE; 0-5-15
PROVIDE NEW UN UNIT TO ATCh
EX g y!G
HE ± SELECTOR SWITCH IP , 17100-2.05B 2 -POSITION
NRMEPLRTE: DO PROBE SELECT
ESCUTCHEON RINS: RIB
TRANSFER -ON -DISCRETE sa G6 17200-2. 6 AIT122A SHALLENORMAL 'I TO
R OF LOOP,smzz
OPFRATFD, e1A SHALLB t
INPUT REMAINDERems
eaBASIN zcS s y
» 123 ALARM FUNCTION
w m Gv FUNCT a
ADAH 123 :A: AR ! FUNCTION
« :y DISSOUED OXYGE E !
40 + !D DISSOLVED OXYGEN ELEMENT
e
e
m 123 CONTROL FOe
e 123A DISSOLVED OXYGEN TRANSMITTER
AIT 123S DISSOLVED OXYGEN TRANSMITTER
HS 123 SELECTOR SWITCH
2 17200-2.06 :m 9t
2 17220-2.06 eEe g
: 17200-2.26 ARM SHALL EG «es
+«ate ylq,m MOIL
y3 EXISTINO SUBMERSION ASSEMBLY
G: INCLUDED WITH «aq
SUBMERSION ASSEMBLY
PROVIDE NEW m UNIT TO MATCH
EXISTING AE123A
1E002 17200-2.06 m
OINT: 2
SCALE:
17000-1.07 EXISTING
E: 0-5-sGL
MFR: 7931-10-0E-20-01-10-
120-20-03
RANGE: 0-5-15 MSIL
PROVIDE NEW ± UNIT TO MATCH
EXISTING AIT123A
R * 17100-2.05D 2 -POSITION
NAMEPLATE: DO PROBE SELECT
ESCUTCHEON RING: A/B
" P A G E N C . 0 0 ' 0 0 9
0 2 / 1 2 / 6 3
I N S T R U M E N T I N D E X
"
"
a N - T I O N
C O D E N O
D E S C R I P T I O N
P A N E L F A C E S P E C
N O
N O T E ` S
T R A N S F E R - O N - D I S C R E T E F U N C T I O N U U 0 @ 2 1 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 6 A I T 1 2 3 A S H A L L P E N O R M A L T A P J T T O :
R E M A I N D E R O F L O O P , 7 H S : 2 3 I S
O P E R A T E D , A I T 1 2 3 5 S H A L L B E C O M E
I N P U T T O R E M A I N D E R O F L O O P
A 1 2 4 A E R A T I O N B A S I N 4 D I S S O L V E D D A Y
" P A H 1 2 4 A L A R M F U N C T I O N
A A L 1 2 4 A L A R M F U N C T I O N
A D A : - 1 2 4 A L A R M { F U N C T I O N
"
"
"
"
A E : 2 4 A D I S S O L V E D O X Y G E N E L E M E N T
C : 2 4 5 D I S S O L V E D O X Y G E N E L E M E N T
P I C 1 2 4 C O N T R O L F U N C T I O N
P I T 1 2 4 A D I S S O L V E D O X Y G E N T R A N S M I T T E R
A ' T 1 2 4 5 D I S S O L V E D O X Y G E N T R A N S M I T T E R
H S 1 2 4 S E L E C T O R S W I T C H
" H Y 1 2 4 T R A N S F E R - O N - D I S C R E T E F U N C T I O N
U U 0 0 2
U U 0 0 2
U L @ @ 2
1 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 6
1 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 6
: 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 6
1 7 0 0 0 - i . 0 7
S E T D O : N T : 2 . 2 M G / L
S E T P O I N T : 1 . 8 M G / L
P L A R M S H A L L B E G E N E R A T E D I -
A B S ( A : T . 1 2 4 A - P I T ! 2 4 5 ) 1 0 . 3 M G / L
E X I S T I N G S U B M E R S I O N A S S E M B L Y
M F R : A N , I N C L U D E D W I T H P 1 T 1 2 4 A
S U B M E R S I O N A S S E M B L Y
P R O V I D E N E W A N U N I T T O M A T C H
E X I S T I N G P E 1 2 4 A
U U 0 0 2 1 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 6 P + I
S E T P O I N T : 2 M G / L
S C A L E : 0 - 5 M 3 / L
1 7 0 0 0 - 1 . 0 7 E X I S T I N G
R A N G E : 0 , 5 - 1 5 M G / L
M F R : A N 7 9 3 1 - 1 0 - 0 2 - 2 0 - 0 1 - 1 0 -
1 2 0 - 2 0 - 0 3
R A N G E : 0 - 5 - 1 5 M G / L ,
P R O V I D E N E W A N U N I T T O M A T C H
E X I S T I N G A I T 1 2 4 A
I P * 1 7 1 @ 0 - 2 . 0 5 B 2 - P O S I T I O N
N A M E P L A T E : D O P R O B E . S E L E C T
E S C U T C H E O N R I N G : A / B
1 7 2 0 0 - 2 . 0 6
A I T 1 2 4 A S H A L L B E N O R M A L I N P U T T O
R E M A I N D E R O F L O O P , I F H S 1 2 4 I S
O P E R A T E D , A I T 1 2 4 B S H A L L B E C O M E
I N P U T T O R E M A I N D E R O F L O O P
PS: ND. 21010
08/12/83
INSTAL "ENT INDEX
F_ACTION DESCRIPTION PANEL FACE SPEC
CODE NO NO
NOTES
F 131 FLOCCULATION CHAMBER 1 AIR FLOW
FE 131 ORIFICE PLATE
132 FLOCCULATION CHAMBER 2 AIR FLOW
132 ORIFICE PLATE
FLOCCULATION CHAMBER 3 AIR FLOW
FE 133 ORIFICE PLATE
F 134 FLOCCULATION CHAMBER 4 AIR FLOW
134 ORIFICE PLATE
17200-2.01E2B SEE DRAWING 03 FOR DATA
17200-2.01EEB SEE DRAWING G3 FOR DATA-
17200-2.01E2B SEE DRAWING 03 FOR DATA
!7200-2.01E28 SEE DRAWING•G3 FOR DATA
2.02
2.02 FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS
Functional diagrams use ISA S5.1 symbology to show the required
signal interconnections between instruments and signal processing.
Functional diagrams include the following two pages.
17990-12
��Y 1
\ D Y R A T I O
L O L I M I T
H I L I M I T
r
Z Y 1 0 2 4 - - t
Z Y 1 0 3 4 - 4
Z Y 1 0 4 4 - - 4
Z Y 1 0 5 r - - 4
r - i U Y 1 1 1
t - - , 6 - U Y 1 1 2
t - - a U Y 1 1 3
4 - - d U Y 1 1 4
6 -
T O A E R A T I O N B A S I N 1
T O A E R A T I O N B A S I N 2
w
B L O W E R S p
( T Y P O F 5 ) w T O A E R A T I O N B A S I N 3
x
T O A E R A T I O N B A S I N 4
I N S T R U M E N T A T I O N D I G R A M I
B L O W E R C A P A C I T Y C O N T R O L
C I T Y O F S A N M A T E O
F I N E B U B B L E A E R A T I O N S Y S T E M
F I L E 1 5 4 2
D A T E A U G 1 9 8 3
- 1 B R O W N A N D C A L E E R S
C O N S U L T I N G E N G I N E E R S
D R A W N R O D D E S I G N E D R S B
C H E C K E D A P P R O V E D
D R A W I N G N U M B E R
S H E E T 1 O F 2
B C 4 0 7 6 L A R 0 8 A U G 8 3 -
PIC106-
I
F T\
1 Y(EXTGI
r
Y
((TRANSFER)
J
I
I
AERATION BASINS
CTYP OF 4)
INSTRUMENTATION DIAGRAM 2
DISSOLVED OXYGEN CONTROL
CITY OF SAN MATEO
FINE BUBBLE AERATION SYSTEM
FILE 1542
DATE RUG 1983
^v \ BROWN AND CALDWELL
LU CONSULTING ENGINEERS
DRAWN RGD DESIGNED RSB
DRAWING NUMBER
CHECKED APPROVED
SHEET 2 OF 2
BC4077 LAR 08RUG83